Professional Documents
Culture Documents
TSUBAKI
TSUBAKI
TSUBAKI
T S UB A KI G EAR M O TO RS
TSUBAKI
■Model number
GEAR MOTOR TA series
GMTA040-28L75□□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
GMTA220-63F200B□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
Nomenclature, model lineup
■Model lineup
3.7kW 50L
5.5kW 50L
3.7kW 50F
5.5kW 50F
100W
(Foot mount type, Face mount type, Flange mount type) This range is the design-stock type. Please contact us for details.
200W
1. Terminal box position codes ※When the reduction ratio of 0.1 kW and 0.2 kW is 1/300 to 1/1200, the terminal box position
is inclined to 15°from the horizontal position and becomes as shown in the following figure.
0.1 kW to 0.75 kW : P2 only
(D1 and D3 directions indicate outdoor type and ones with a hard terminal box attached.)
1.5 kW to 5.5 kW : P1, P2, and P3
D1 Standard P2
Standard P1 P2 P3
D3
D3
D1
0.1 kW to 0.75 kW : Outdoor type, Hard terminal box 1.5 kW to 5.5 kW : Standard type, Outdoor type terminal box
※In case of the standard motor (one with resin terminal box attached), the outlet
position can be changed by the setting direction of terminal box upper cover.
E2
D1
E3
D2
E1
Standard
D3 Standard
20
Standard specifications GEAR MOTOR TA series
■Specifications
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Number of poles 4
Motor
Protection type 0.1kW―Totally-enclosed type (IP44) 0.2 to 5.5kW―Totally-enclosed external fan type (IP44)
Cooling method 0.1kW―Self-cooled type (IC410) 0.2 to 5.5kW―Self managed type (IC411)
Starting method ー
Rating Continuous
Standard specifications
Start end key way New JIS key (JISB1301-1976): Output shaft key attached (Ordinary-class key way.)
■Motor specifications
Number Number AC-side brake current
Frequency Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
of Output of Reference value at 20℃
Hz V A r/min
phases poles
0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710
0.1kW 0.12
(0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740)
1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720
0.2kW 0.12
(0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720)
2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680
0.4kW 0.16
(1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700)
3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710
0.75kW 0.17
200/200/220 (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710)
Three-
phase 4 50/60/60
(400/400/440) 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730
1.5kW 0.10
(3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730)
9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730
2.2kW 0.10
(4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730)
16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730
3.7kW 0.08
(8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730)
23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740
5.5kW 0.10
(11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) For the brake-type models, the brake current shown above is added for the phase where the brake lead wire is connected to the motor lead wire.
The AC-side brake current is for 200 V AC 60 Hz and 100 V AC 60 Hz.
21
Specification chart GEAR MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
Number of
Nominal reduction
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 300 360 2.8 {0.29} 2.4 {0.24} 274 { 28} 26− 1 38− 1
10 1/10 150 180 5.7 {0.58} 4.8 {0.49} 431 { 44}
15 1/15 100 120 8.6 {0.88} 7.2 {0.73} 568 { 58}
20 1/20 75 90 11.8 { 1.2} 9.5 {0.97} 686 { 70} 26 38
18 2
25 1/25 60 72 14.7 { 1.5} 11.8 { 1.2} 804 { 82} | |
2 2
30 1/30 50 60 17.6 { 1.8} 14.7 { 1.5} 902 { 92}
40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 { 2.3} 19.6 { 2.0} 1098 { 112}
50 1/50 30 36 28.4 { 2.9} 23.5 { 2.4} 1264 { 129}
Specification chart
60 1/60 25 30 34.3 { 3.5} 28.4 { 2.9} 1431 { 146}
GMTA010 75 1/75 20 24 43.1 { 4.4} 36.3 { 3.7} 1666 { 170}
26 38
100 0.1 1/100 15 18 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205}
24 3 | |
120 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232} 3 3
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2813 { 287}
200 1/200 7.5 9 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}
300 1/300 5 6 143 {14.6} 120 {12.2} 3195 { 326} 26 38
360 28 1/360 4.2 5 172 {17.5} 143 {14.6} 3606 { 368} | |
4 4
450 1/450 3.3 4 215 {21.9} 179 {18.3} 4185 { 427}
600 1/600 4 2.5 3 286 {29.2} 239 {24.4} 5076 { 518}
26 38
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 344 {35.1} 286 {29.2} 5733 { 585}
38 | |
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 446 {45.5} 319 {32.5} 6664 { 680} 5 5
※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 459 {46.8} 382 {39.0} 6684 { 682}
5 1/5 300 360 5.7 {0.58} 4.7 {0.48} 431 { 44} 28− 1 40− 1
10 1/10 150 180 11.8 { 1.2} 9.5 {0.97} 686 { 70}
15 18 1/15 100 120 17.6 { 1.8} 14.7 { 1.5} 902 { 92}
28 40
| |
20 1/20 2 75 90 22.5 { 2.3} 19.6 { 2.0} 1098 { 112} 2 2
25 1/25 60 72 28.4 { 2.9} 23.5 { 2.4} 1264 { 129}
30 1/30 50 60 34.3 { 3.5} 28.4 { 2.9} 1431 { 146}
40 1/40 37.5 45 46.1 { 4.7} 38.2 { 3.9} 1735 { 177} 28 40
50 24 1/50 30 36 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205} | |
3 3
60 1/60 25 30 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232}
GMTA020 75 1/75 20 24 86.2 { 8.8} 71.5 { 7.3} 2636 { 269}
100 0.2 1/100 3 15 18 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}
28 40
120 1/120 12.5 15 137 {14.0} 115 {11.7} 3606 { 368}
28 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 189 {19.3} 158 {16.1} 4459 { 455} 4 4
200 1/200 7.5 9 218 {22.2} 181 {18.5} 4822 { 492}
300 1/300 5 6 286 {29.2} 239 {24.4} 4861 { 496} 28 40
360 38 1/360 4.2 5 343 {35.0} 286 {29.2} 5488 { 560} | |
5 5
450 1/450 3.3 4 430 {43.9} 358 {36.5} 5792 { 591}
600 1/600 4 2.5 3 611 {62.3} 509 {51.9} 7301 { 745}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 733 {74.8} 611 {62.3} 8242 { 841}
28 40
42 | |
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 827 {84.4} 689 {70.3} 9800 {1000} 6 6
※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 840 {85.7} 700 {71.4} 9800 {1000}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the adapter type/inline reducer type on pages 51 to 52.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
22
Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Number of
Nominal reduction
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 300 360 12.1 { 1.23 } 10.0 { 1.02} 686 { 70}
10 1/10 150 180 24.5 { 2.5} 20.6 { 2.1} 1098 { 112} 30 42
15 24 1/15 100 120 36.3 { 3.7} 30.4 { 3.1} 1431 { 146} | |
2 1 1
20 1/20 75 90 48.0 { 4.9} 40.2 { 4.1} 1735 { 177}
25 1/25 60 72 60.8 { 6.2} 50.0 { 5.1} 2009 { 205}
30 1/30 50 60 72.5 { 7.4} 60.8 { 6.2} 2274 { 232}
40 1/40 37.5 45 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2754 { 281} 30 42
50 28 1/50 30 36 118 { 12.0} 98.0 { 10.0} 3195 { 326} | |
Specification chart
2 2
60 1/60 25 30 140 { 14.3} 118 { 12.0} 3606 { 368}
GMTA040 75 1/75 20 24 175 { 17.9} 146 { 14.9} 4185 { 427}
3
100 0.4 1/100 15 18 234 { 23.9} 195 { 19.9} 5076 { 518}
30 42
120 1/120 12.5 15 281 { 28.7} 234 { 23.9} 5733 { 585}
38 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 364 { 37.1} 303 { 30.9} 6664 { 680} 3 3
200 1/200 7.5 9 389 { 39.7} 324 { 33.1} 6684 { 682}
300 1/300 5 6 611 { 62.3} 509 { 51.9} 7301 { 745} 30 42
360 42 1/360 4.2 5 733 { 74.8} 611 { 62.3} 8242 { 841} | |
4 4
450 1/450 3.3 4 916 { 93.5} 763 { 77.9} 9565 { 976}
600 1/600 4 2.5 3 1222 {124.7} 1018 {103.9} 11584 {1182}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 1466 {149.6} 1222 {124.7} 13073 {1334}
30 42
50 | |
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 1654 {168.8} 1379 {140.7} 13230 {1350} 5 5
※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 1680 ※
{171.4} ※
1400 ※
{142.9} 13230 {1350}
5 1/5 300 360 22.6 { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92} 1049 { 107}
10 1/10 150 180 45.1 { 4.6} 38.2 { 3.9} 1666 { 170} 31 43
15 28 1/15 100 120 67.6 { 6.9} 56.8 { 5.8} 2176 { 222} | |
2 1 1
20 1/20 75 90 91.1 { 9.3} 75.5 { 7.7} 2636 { 269}
25 1/25 60 72 114 { 11.6} 94.1 { 9.6} 3058 { 312}
30 1/30 50 60 136 { 13.9} 114 { 11.6} 3459 { 353}
40 1/40 37.5 45 175 { 17.9} 146 { 14.9} 4185 { 427} 31 43
50 38 1/50 30 36 220 { 22.4} 183 { 18.7} 4861 { 496} | |
2 2
GMTA075 60 0.75 1/60 25 30 264 { 26.9} 220 { 22.4} 5488 { 560}
75 1/75 20 24 300 { 30.6} 250 { 25.5} 5792 { 591}
3
100 1/100 15 18 439 { 44.8} 369 { 37.7} 7301 { 745}
120 1/120 12.5 15 527 { 53.8} 439 { 44.8} 8242 { 841}
31 43
42 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 724 { 73.9} 604 { 61.6} 9800 {1000} 3 3
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 735 { 75.0} 613 { 62.5} 9800 {1000}
300 1/300 5 6 1146 {116.9} 955 { 97.4} 9418 { 961} 31 43
360 50 1/360 4 4.2 5 1289 {131.5} 1074 {109.6} 10633 {1085} | |
※ 4 4
450 1/450 3.3 4 1396 ※
{142.4} ※
1163 ※
{118.7} 12338 {1259}
5 1/5 300 360 45.3 { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85} 1666 { 170}
10 1/10 150 180 91.1 { 9.3} 75.5 { 7.7} 2548 { 260}
32 44
15 1/15 100 120 136 { 13.9} 114 { 11.6} 3342 { 341}
38 2 | |
20 1/20 75 90 181 { 18.5} 151 { 15.4} 4047 { 413} 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 226 { 23.1} 189 { 19.3} 4694 { 479}
30 1/30 50 60 272 { 27.8} 226 { 23.1} 5302 { 541}
40 1/40 37.5 45 351 { 35.8} 293 { 29.9} 6292 { 642}
GMTA150 1.5 32 44
50 1/50 30 36 439 { 44.8} 366 { 37.3} 7301 { 745}
42 | |
60 1/60 25 30 527 { 53.8} 439 { 44.8} 8242 { 841} 2 2
75 1/75 20 24 659 { 67.2} 549 { 56.0} 9565 { 976}
3
100 1/100 15 18 878 { 89.6} 732 { 74.7} 11584 {1182}
120 1/120 12.5 15 1054 {107.5} 878 { 89.6} 13073 {1334} 32 44
50 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 1449 {147.9} 1207 {123.2} 13230 {1350} 3 3
※
200 1/200 7.5 9 1470 ※
{150.0} ※
1225 ※
{125.0} 13230 {1350}
Note 1) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the adapter type/inline reducer type on pages 51 to 52.
Note 2) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
23
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Number of
Nominal reduction
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 300 360 66.6 { 6.8} 55.9 { 5.7} 2078 { 212}
10 1/10 150 180 133 { 13.6} 111 { 11.3} 3293 { 336}
15 1/15 100 120 200 { 20.4} 167 { 17.0} 4312 { 440} 33 45
42 2 | |
20 1/20 75 90 266 { 27.1} 221 { 22.6} 5223 { 533} 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 332 { 33.9} 277 { 28.3} 6066 { 619}
30 1/30 50 60 399 { 40.7} 332 { 33.9} 6850 { 699}
40 1/40 37.5 45 515 { 52.6} 429 { 43.8} 8114 { 828}
GMTA220 2.2 33 45
50 1/50 30 36 644 { 65.7} 537 { 54.8} 9418 { 961}
| |
Specification chart
50
60 1/60 25 30 773 { 78.9} 644 { 65.7} 10633 {1085} 2 2
75 1/75 20 24 966 { 98.6} 805 { 82.1} 12338 {1259}
3
100 1/100 15 18 1288 {131.4} 1073 {109.5} 14955 {1526}
120 1/120 12.5 15 1545 {157.7} 1288 {131.4} 16885 {1723} 33 45
63 | |
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 2126 {216.9} 1771 {180.7} 17640 {1800} 3 3
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 2156 {220.0} 1796 {183.3} 17640 {1800}
5 1/5 300 360 112 { 11.4} 93.1 { 9.5} 2930 { 299}
10 1/10 150 180 223 { 22.8} 186 { 19.0} 4645 { 474}
15 1/15 100 120 335 { 34.2} 279 { 28.5} 6096 { 622} 34 46
2 | |
20 1/20 75 90 448 { 45.7} 372 { 38.0} 7389 { 754} 1 1
GMTA370 3.7 50
25 1/25 60 72 560 { 57.1} 466 { 47.6} 8565 { 874}
30 1/30 50 60 671 { 68.5} 560 { 57.1} 9673 { 987}
40 1/40 37.5 45 866 { 88.4} 722 { 73.7} 10290 {1050} 34 46
3 | |
50 1/50 30 36 1083 {110.5} 903 { 92.1} 10290 {1050} 2 2
24
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame numbe
Number of
GMTA010 100 0.1 1/100 15 18 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205}
24 3 3
120 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232}
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2813 { 287}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 344 {35.1} 286 {29.2} 5733 { 585}
38 5
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 446 {45.5} 319 {32.5} 6664 { 680}
※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 459 {46.8} 382 {39.0} 6684 { 682}
■Outline dimensions
M6 TAP 81(104.5)
256.5(294.5) 81(104.5) 236(274) M6 TAP
16 DEEP
φ18h6
6 16 DEEP
φ18h6
28 6 28
6
6
φ127(φ140)
φ127(φ140)
25 25
15
18
128.5
134.5
4-φ9 3.5
3.5
85
90
4-φ11
10
16 16 30 30 87 49
12
59 59
98 57 63 63 111 140
130 150
GMTA010-24L60∼200(B) 3 GMTA010-28L300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.8
(8.4)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 10.5
(12.0)
kg
φ127(φ140)
M6 TAP 353.5(391.5)
265.5(303.5) 81(104.5) 16 DEEP 86(109) M8 TAP
φ24h6
42
φ28h6
36 7 20 DEEP
7
19
φ127(φ140)
32 37
18
8
23
8
134.5
164
4-φ11 4
90
105
12
4-φ12 4
15
φ12
φ12 16 16
98 66 30 30 16 16
116 78 35 35
130 63 63 75 75
148
150 180
GMTA010-38L600∼1200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 14.5
(16.0)
kg
φ127(φ140)
M10 TAP
393.5(431.5) 8 25 DEEP
φ38h6
58
10
50
27
198.5
5
130
19
4-φ15
20
φ12
17 17 41 41
140 98 93 93
174 220
26
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame number
GMTA020 100 0.2 1/100 3 15 18 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 733 {74.8} 611 {62.3} 8242 { 841}
42 6
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 827 {84.4} 689 {70.3} 9800 {1000}
※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 840 {85.7} 700 {71.4} 9800 {1000}
■Outline dimensions
M6 TAP M6 TAP
294.5(311.5) 81(104.5) 274(291) 81(104.5) 16 DEEP
16 DEEP
φ18h6
φ18h6
28 28
25 6 25 6
15
φ140
18
6
φ140
137.5
139.5
85
3.5
90
4-φ11 3.5 4-φ9
10
16 16 30 30 12 12 31 31
φ12 φ12 87 49
98 57 63 63 59 59
130 111
150 140
GMTA020-24L30∼75(B) 3 GMTA020-28L100∼200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.9
(9.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 9.3
(11.3)
kg
M8 TAP
M6 TAP 330(347) 20 DEEP
81(104.5)
φ28h6
303.5(320.5) 81(104.5) 16 DEEP 42
φ24h6
36 37 7
32 7
23
8
φ140
158.5
18
8
φ140
139.5
105
4
90
4-φ11 4-φ12
15
12
16 16
16 16 30 30 φ12 35 35
φ12 116 78
98 66 75 75
63 63 148
130 180
150
GMTA020-38L300∼450(B) 5 GMTA020-42L600∼1200(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 15.3
(17.3)
kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 37.4
(39.0)
kg
66 M10 TAP
50
φ42h6
8 60 25 DEEP
23.5
10
8
27
9.5
φ140
33
198.5
φ140
5
230
12
130
4-φ15
20
150
5
4-φ18
φ12 φ12
17 17 41 41
22
140 98 93 93 25 25 60 60
174 220 150 96 105 105
200
260
28
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame number
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 1466 {149.6} 1222 {124.7} 13073 {1334}
50 5
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 1654 {168.8} 1379 {140.7} 13230 {1350}
※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 1680 {171.4} 1400 {142.9} 13230 {1350}
■Outline dimensions
φ28h6
36 42 20 DEEP
32 37 7
7
18
8
8
φ140
φ140
139.5
23
158.5
90
4
105
4-φ11 4
15
16 16 30 30 16 16
φ12 φ12 35 35
98 66 63 63 116 78 75 75
130 150 148 180
GMTA040-38L100∼200(B) 3 GMTA040-42L300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 14.0
(16.5)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 43.1
(44.9)
kg
58 66
25 DEEP
φ42h6
50 8 60
8
10
27
φ140
1.5
12
198.5
33
φ140
230
130
5
4-φ15
150
5
20
4-φ18
22
φ12
φ12
17 17 41 41
140 98 25 25 60 60
93 93 150 96
174 105 105
220 200
260
GMTA040-50L600∼1200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 63.1
(64.9)
kg
25 DEEP
75
9
8.5
14
φ140
43
292.5
5.5
190
φ12 4-φ18
25
25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330
30
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 22.6 { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92} 1049 { 107}
10 1/10 150 180 45.1 { 4.6} 38.2 { 3.9} 1666 { 170}
Foot mount type 0.75kW
■Outline dimensions
GMTA075-28L5∼25(B) 1 GMTA075-38L30∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 12.5
(16.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 16.5
(20.0)
kg
20 DEEP 58
37
7 50 8
10
27
23
8
φ158
φ158
158.5
198.5
105
130
4 5
4-φ12 4-φ15
15
20
16 16 35 35 φ12 17 17
φ12 116 78 41 41
75 75 140 98
148 93 93
180 174
220
GMTA075-42L100∼200(B) 3 GMTA075-50L300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 38.0
(41.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 62.1
(65.0)
kg
60 75
8 9
φ158
12
1.5
14
φ158
292.5
33
230
43
190
150
25
φ12
25 25 60 60 25 25 65 65
150 96 105 105 180 112 135 135
200 230
260 330
■Specification chart
reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 45.3 { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85} 1666 { 170}
■Outline dimensions
GMTA150-38L5∼30(B) 1 GMTA150-42L40∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 26.0
(31.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 47.0
(52.0)
kg
25 DEEP 60
φ38h6
58 8
198.5
50 8
110
12
φ198
10
φ198
33
230
27
5 5
150
130
4-φ15 4-φ18
20
φ27
22
17 17 41 41 φ27 25 25 60 60
140 98 105 105
93 93 150 96
174 260
220 200
GMTA150-50L100∼200(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 67.0
(72.0)
kg
513.5(567.5)
M10 TAP
82 25 DEEP
φ50h6
75 9
292.5
14
φ198
43
5.5
190
4-φ18
25
φ27
25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330
Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types. Nomenclature Technical Information
Page 19 Page 254 32
Foot mount type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Model number output reduction Number of r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 66.6 { 6.8} 55.9 { 5.7} 2078 { 212}
Foot mount type 2.2kW
■Outline dimensions
GMTA220-42L5∼30(B) 1 GMTA220-50L40∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 46.0
(51.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 67.0
(72.0)
kg
75
8 9
14
12
φ198
φ198
33
292.5
43
230
5 5.5
150
190
4-φ18 4-φ18
25
φ27 φ27
22
25 25 60 60 25 25
150 96 105 105 65 65
200 180 112 135 135
260 230 330
GMTA220-63L100∼200(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 98.0
(103.0)
kg
90
11
18
φ198
339.5
54
7
225
4-φ22
φ27
28
35 35 75 75
210 135 150 150
280 370
■Specification chart
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame number
■Outline dimensions
GMTA370-50L5∼30(B) 1 GMTA370-50L40∼50(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 72.0
(80.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 76.0
(84.0)
kg
25 DEEP
φ50h6
75 75
9 9
14
14
φ214
φ214
43
292.5
292.5
43
5.5
190
5.5
190
4-φ18 4-φ18
25
25
φ27 25 25 65 65 φ27 25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135 180 112 135 135
230 330 230 330
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame number
※ ※ ※ ※
30 1/30 50 60 893 { 91.1} 744 { 75.9} 10290 {1050}
Note 1) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Refer to the specification chart for the inline reducer on page 52.
Note 2) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
■Outline dimensions
GMTA550-50L5∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 92.0
(104.0)
kg
75 9
(166)
14
292.5
43
φ252
5.5
190
4-φ18
25
φ35
25 25 65 65
180 112 135 135
230 330
36
Foot mount type 5.5kW GEAR MOTOR TA series
Face mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame number
Face mount type 0.1kW
GMTA010 100 0.1 1/100 15 18 56.8 { 5.8} 48.0 { 4.9} 2009 { 205}
24 3 3
120 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 { 7.0} 56.8 { 5.8} 2274 { 232}
165 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 { 9.6} 78.4 { 8.0} 2813 { 287}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 344 {35.1} 286 {29.2} 5733 { 585}
38 5
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 446 {45.5} 319 {32.5} 6664 { 680}
※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 459 {46.8} 382 {39.0} 6684 { 682}
■Outline dimensions
256.5(294.5)
50 81(104.5) 236(274)
10 28 M6 TAP 46
16 DEEP 81(104.5) M6 TAP
25 8 28 16 DEEP
φ127(φ140)
25
φ127(φ140)
58.5
φ105h7
φ128
18
φ90h7
φ109
6
φ18h6
φ18h6
6
15
3.5
58.5
6
φ12 30
D1 10
R9
4-M10 TAP
PC D1
R8
32 DEEP φ12 PC 4-M8 TAP
26 DEEP
GMTA010-24U60∼200(B) 3 GMTA010-28U300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.6
(8.4)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 10.5
(12.0)
kg
265.5(303.5)
59 353.5(391.5)
φ127(φ140)
82
φ105h7
φ128
19
φ125h7
φ157
φ24h6
18
8
φ28h6
4
23
7
7
30 φ12
50
D1 D1
PC
R9
φ12
PC
1
4-M10 TAP
R1
32 DEEP 4-M12 TAP
38 DEEP
GMTA010-38U600∼1200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 20.0
(22.0)
kg
87 (*109)
12 58
50
137.5
φ155h7
φ191
10
φ38h6
5
27
19
8
φ12
95
D1
PC
6
R1
4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP
38
Face mount type Flange mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame number
GMTA020 100 0.2 1/100 3 15 18 115 {11.7} 95.1 { 9.7} 3195 { 326}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 733 {74.8} 611 {62.3} 8242 { 841}
42 6
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 827 {84.4} 689 {70.3} 9800 {1000}
※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 840 {85.7} 700 {71.4} 9800 {1000}
■Outline dimensions
67.5
67.5
25 25
φ140
φ140
φ109
φ90h7
φ105h7
φ128
φ18h6
φ18h6
6
6
3.5
15
3.5
18
67
67
6
30 10
D1 φ12 D1
R9
PC 4-M10 TAP
R8
φ12
32 DEEP PC 4-M8 TAP
26 DEEP
GMTA020-24U30∼75(B) 3 GMTA020-28U100∼200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.8)
kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 9.1
(11.3)
kg
φ140
φ125h7
φ157
8
φ140
φ105h7
23
φ128
8
φ28h6
4
φ24h6
18
4 7
67
7
0 50
13 D1
D φ12 PC
1
R9
PC
R1
φ12 4-M10 TAP 4-M12 TAP
32 DEEP 38 DEEP
GMTA020-38U300∼450(B) 5 GMTA020-42F600∼1200(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 21.3
(23.3)
kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 39.4
(41.0)
kg
φ42h6
66
23.5
φ140
60 8
φ155h7
φ230h7
φ191
12
9.5
255
φ140
10
φ38h6
27
5
0
8
31
146
5
φ
φ12 1 95
P CD φ12
6
R1
4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP 4-φ18
40
Face mount type Flange mount type Three-phase 0.4kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame number
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 1466 {149.6} 1222 {124.7} 13073 {1334}
50 5
1000 1/1000 1.5 1.8 1654 {168.8} 1379 {140.7} 13230 {1350}
※ ※ ※ ※
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 1680 {171.4} 1400 {142.9} 13230 {1350}
■Outline dimensions
325(342) 355(372)
59 67 M8 TAP
81(104.5)
10 36 81(104.5) M6 TAP 10 42 20 DEEP
32 16 DEEP 37
67.5
8
φ140
φ105h7
φ140
φ125h7
φ128
φ157
8
φ28h6
φ24h6
18
67
7 7
0
13 50
D1
R9
φ12 D
1
PC φ12
PC
R1
4-M10 TAP 4-M12 TAP
32 DEEP 38 DEEP
GMTA040-38U100∼200(B) 3 GMTA040-42F300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 20.0
(22.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 44.1
(45.9)
kg
φ42h6
66
60 8
φ140
φ155h7
φ191
φ230h7
1.5
12
27
φ140
255
10
φ38h6
0
8
31
146
5
φ
5
D 19 φ12
φ12 PC
6
R1
GMTA040-50F600∼1200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 65.1
(66.9)
kg
82
φ50h6
75 9
φ300h7
8.5
14
φ140
320
0
39
188.5
5.5
φ
φ12
4-φ18
42
Face mount type Flange mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 22.6 { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92} 1049 { 107}
Face/Flange mount type 0.75kW
■Outline dimensions
GMTA075-28U5∼25(B) 1 GMTA075-38U30∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 12.5
(16.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 22.5
(25.5)
kg
φ155h7
φ158
φ191
φ125h7
φ157
27
10
8
φ38h6
φ28h6
4 5
23
7 8
79
50 95
D1 D1
PC
1
PC φ12
6
R1
R1
GMTA075-42F100∼200(B) 3 GMTA075-50F300∼450(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 40.0
(43.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 65.1
(68.0)
kg
592(619) M10 TAP
445(472) M10 TAP
25 DEEP 114 320 25 DEEP
98 255 18 10
18 10
82
φ50h6
φ42h6
66 75 9
φ300h7
60 8
φ158
1.5
14
φ230h7
12
320
255
φ158
33
0
0
39
31
188.5
5
146
φ
φ
5.5
φ12
φ12
4-φ18 4-φ18
■Specification chart
reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 45.3 { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85} 1666 { 170}
10 1/10 150 180 91.1 { 9.3} 75.5 { 7.7} 2548 { 260}
■Outline dimensions
GMTA150-38U5∼30(B) 1 GMTA150-42F40∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 33.0
(38.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 48.0
(53.0)
kg
M10 TAP
486.5(540.5) 25 DEEP
467.5(521.5) 143(141) 98 255
87 M10 TAP 18 10 143(141)
12 58 25 DEEP
66
φ42h6
φ191
50 60
φ155h7
8
φ230h7
255
φ198
110
27
10
12
φ38h6
φ198
5
33
8
0
5
31
9 5
146
φ27
D1
φ
PC
6
R1
4-M16 TAP
34 DEEP φ27
4-φ18
GMTA150-50F100∼200(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 69.0
(74.0)
kg
513.5(567.5)
114 320
18 10 M10 TAP
25 DEEP
82
75
φ50h6
9
φ300h7
14
320
φ198
43
0
39
5.5
188.5
φ
φ27
4-φ18
Note) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types. Nomenclature Technical Information
Page 19 Page 254 44
Flange mount type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type GEAR MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Nominal Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Model number output reduction Number of r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
5 1/5 300 360 66.6 { 6.8} 55.9 { 5.7} 2078 { 212}
Flange mount type 2.2kW
■Outline dimensions
GMTA220-42F5∼30(B) 1 GMTA220-50F40∼75(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 48.0
(53.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 70.0
(75.0)
kg
60 9
8
φ230h7
320
255
14
12
φ198
φ198
33
43
0
φ300h7
31
0
39
5
188.5
146
φ
5.5
φ
φ27
φ27 4-φ18 4-φ18
GMTA220-63F100∼200(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 102.0
(107.0)
kg
582(636)
127 360 M12 TAP
18 10 30 DEEP
φ63h6
95
360
90 11
φ340h7
φ198
54
φ 18
0
214.5
44
φ27
4-φ18
■Specification chart
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame number
■Outline dimensions
GMTA370-50F5∼30(B) 1 GMTA370-50F40∼50(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 74.0
(82.0)
kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 78.0
(86.0)
kg
φ50h6
75 75
9 9
φ300h7
φ300h7
320
14
14
320
φ214
φ214
43
43
0
0
39
39
188.5
188.5
5.5 5.5
φ
φ
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Brake
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation
Hz type method Rated torque
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type Insulation
(of motor torque)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Frame number
※ ※ ※ ※
30 1/30 50 60 893 { 91.1} 744 { 75.9} 10290 {1050}
■Outline dimensions
GMTA550-50F5∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 95.0
(107.0)
kg
82
φ50h6
75
320
9
(166)
φ300h7
14
φ252
43
0
39
188.5
5.5
φ
φ35
4-φ18
■Model number
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Adapter type
GRTA150-38L30FI
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
GRTA040-50F1200
Nomenclature, model lineup
① ② ③ ④ ⑤
■Model lineup
Adaptor type, Inline reducer type (Foot mount type)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
3.7kW 50L
5.5kW 50L
Adaptor type, Inline reducer type (Face mount, flange mount type)
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
3.7kW 50F
5.5kW 50F
49
Dimensions of input section and specifications GEAR MOTOR/Adapter type・Inline reducer type
Motor output A B C D E F G H I
■ Relationship between the input shaft revolution speed and allowable output shaft torque
An allow able torque for the output shaft on the specification chart is obtained when the input revolution
speed is as follows. 50 Hz: 1500 r/min, 60 Hz: 1800 r/min.
If a revolution speed other than above is used, an allowable output shaft torque is a value obtained by
multiplying the torque correction factor in the following drawing.
Allowable torque factor of output shaft for input shaft rotating speed
(Ex.)
When GRTA 010-18L50 is used with the
input revolution speed of 2500 r/min. By
Torque correction factor
50
Specification chart
■Specification chart
GEAR MOTOR TA series
reduction steps
Frame number
4P motor Allowable output shaft torque Allowable O.H.L. Allowable output Page and drawing number
Number of
capacity Nominal Actual reduction
Model number N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} Inline type input shaft shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
equivalence reduction ratio ratio
kW 50Hz:1500r/min 60Hz:1800r/min N {kgf} N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 1/ 4.932 (5.031) 2.8 { 0.29 } 2.4 { 0.24 } 274 { 28 } 53・54− 1 63・64− 1
10 1/10 1/ 9.953 (9.779) 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.8 { 0.49 } 431 { 44 }
15 1/15 1/ 15.027(14.800) 8.6 { 0.88 } 7.2 { 0.73 } 568 { 58 }
20 18 1/20 1/ 20.417(19.821) 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 } 53・54 63・64
2
25 1/25 1/ 25.461(24.843) 14.7 { 1.5 } 11.8 { 1.2 } 804 { 82 } | |
30 1/30 1/ 29.944 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 } 2 2
40 1/40 1/ 40.153 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 }
50 1/50 1/ 49.817 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 }
60 1/60 1/ 57.829 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 }
Specification chart
Number of
capacity Nominal Actual reduction
Model number N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} Inline type input shaft shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
equivalence reduction ratio ratio
kW 50Hz:1500r/min 60:1800r/min N {kgf} N {kgf} Foot mount type Flange mount type
5 1/5 1/ 5.061 22.6 { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92 } 1049 { 107 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.159 45.1 { 4.6 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1666 { 170 } 59 69
| |
15 28 1/15 1/ 14.694 67.6 { 6.9 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2176 { 222 } 1 1
2
20 1/20 1/ 19.948 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2636 { 269 } 5 5
25 1/25 1/ 25.397 114 { 11.6 } 94.1 { 9.6 } 3058 { 312 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.381 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3459 { 353 }
40 1/40 1/ 40.635 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 } 59 69
| |
50 38 1/50 1/ 49.143 220 { 22.4 } 183 { 18.7 } 4861 { 496 } 2 2
GRTA075 60 0.75 1/60 1/ 60.082 264 { 26.9 } 220 { 22.4 } 353 {36} 5488 { 560 } 6 6
Specification chart
75 1/75 1/ 74.667 300 { 30.6 } 250 { 25.5 } 5792 { 591 }
3
100 1/100 1/ 96.280 439 { 44.8 } 369 { 37.7 } 7301 { 745 } 59 69
120 1/120 1/ 122.500 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 } | |
42 3 3
165 1/165 1/ 160.820 724 { 73.9 } 604 { 61.6 } 9800 {1000 }
7 7
200 1/200 1/ 197.979 735 { 75.0 } 613 { 62.5 } 9800 {1000 }
300 1/300 1/ 298.523 1146 {116.9 } 955 { 97.4 } 9418 { 961 } 59 69
| |
360 50 1/360 1/ 363.462 4 1289 {131.5 } 1074 {109.6 } 10633 {1085 } 4 4
450 1/450 1/ 448.907 ※
1396 ※
{142.4 } 1163 {118.7 } 12338 {1259 } 8 8
5 1/5 1/ 5.000 45.3 { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85 } 1666 { 170 }
10 1/10 1/ 10.000 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2548 { 260 } 60 70
15 1/15 1/ 15.000 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3342 { 341 } | |
38 2 1 1
20 1/20 1/ 19.615 181 { 18.5 } 151 { 15.4 } 4047 { 413 }
4 4
25 1/25 1/ 24.091 226 { 23.1 } 189 { 19.3 } 4694 { 479 }
30 1/30 1/ 30.000 272 { 27.8 } 226 { 23.1 } 5302 { 541 }
40 1/40 1/ 39.253 351 { 35.8 } 293 { 29.9 } 6292 { 642 } 60 70
GRTA150 1.5 568 {58}
50 1/50 1/ 48.704 439 { 44.8 } 366 { 37.3 } 7301 { 745 } | |
42
60 1/60 1/ 61.492 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 } 2 2
75 1/75 1/ 72.859 659 { 67.2 } 549 { 56.0 } 9565 { 976 } 5 5
3
100 1/100 1/ 99.616 878 { 89.6 } 732 { 74.7 } 11584 {1182 } 60 70
120 1/120 1/ 124.675 1054 {107.5 } 878 { 89.6 } 13073 {1334 } | |
50 3 3
165 1/165 1/ 160.475 1449 {147.9 } 1207 {123.2 } 13230 {1350 }
200 1/200 1/ 194.286 ※
1470 ※
{150.0 } 1225 {125.0 } 13230 {1350 } 6 6
52
Outline dimensions Foot mount type
GRTA010-18L5FI 1 GRTA010-18L10∼50FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 4.8kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA010-24L60∼200FI 3 GRTA010-28L300∼450FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 9.6kg
GRTA010-38L600∼1200FI 5
Reduction ratio : 600. 720. 1000. 1200 Approx. weight : 14.0kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
Outline dimensions
GRTA010-24L60∼200 3 GRTA010-28L300∼450 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 4.0kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 7.2kg
GRTA010-38L600∼1200 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 11.5kg
GRTA020-18L5FI 1 GRTA020-18L10∼25FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 4.8kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA020-24L30∼75FI 3 GRTA020-28L100∼200FI 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 8.6kg
GRTA020-38L300∼450FI 5 GRTA020-42L600∼1200FI 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 14.5kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 36.9kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
Outline dimensions
GRTA020-24L30∼75 3 GRTA020-28L100∼200 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 4.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.2kg
GRTA020-38L300∼450 5 GRTA020-42L600∼1200 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 12.0kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 34.3kg
GRTA040-24L5∼25FI 1 GRTA040-28L30∼75FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 6.6kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 9.0kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA040-38L100∼200FI 3 GRTA040-42L300∼450FI 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 13.0kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 42.2kg
GRTA040-50L600∼1200FI 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 62.2kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
Outline dimensions
GRTA040-38L100∼200 3 GRTA040-42L300∼450 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 10.5kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 39.6kg
GRTA040-50L600∼1200 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 59.6kg
GRTA075-28L5∼25FI 1 GRTA075-28L5∼25 5
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 11.5kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 7.4kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA075-38L30∼75FI 2 GRTA075-38L30∼75 6
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 15.5kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 11.5kg
GRTA075-42L100∼200FI 3 GRTA075-42L100∼200 7
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 37.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 32.9kg
GRTA075-50L300∼450FI 4 GRTA075-50L300∼450 8
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 61.1kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 57.0kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA150-42L40∼75FI 2 GRTA150-42L40∼75 5
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 40.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 37.0kg
GRTA150-50L100∼200FI 3 GRTA150-50L100∼200 6
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 60.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 57.0kg
Note) For the dimensions of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
GRTA220-42L5∼30FI 1 GRTA220-42L5∼30 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 40.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 32.0kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA220-50L40∼75FI 2 GRTA220-50L40∼75 5
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 61.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 53.0kg
GRTA220-63L100∼200FI 3 GRTA220-63L100∼200 6
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 92.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 84.0kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
Outline dimensions
GRTA370-50L40∼50FI 2 GRTA370-50L40∼50 4
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 62.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 57.0kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
GRTA010-18U5FI 1 GRTA010-18U10∼50FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.0kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25 , 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 4.6kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA010-24U60∼200FI 3 GRTA010-28U300∼450FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 9.6kg
GRTA010-38U600∼1200FI 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 19.5kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
Outline dimensions
GRTA010-24U60∼200 3 GRTA010-28U300∼450 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 3.8kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 7.2kg
GRTA010-38U600∼1200 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 17.0kg
GRTA020-18U5FI 1 GRTA020-18U10∼25FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5 Approx. weight : 6.0kg Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 4.6kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA020-24U30∼75FI 3 GRTA020-28U100∼200FI 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 6.2kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 8.6kg
GRTA020-38U300∼450FI 5 GRTA020-42F600∼1200FI 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 20.5kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 38.2kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
Outline dimensions
GRTA020-24U30∼75 3 GRTA020-28U100∼200 4
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 3.8kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 6.2kg
GRTA020-38U300∼450 5 GRTA020-42F600∼1200 6
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 18.0kg Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 36.5kg
GRTA040-24U5∼25FI 1 GRTA040-28U30∼75FI 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 6.6kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 9.0kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA040-38U100∼200FI 3 GRTA040-42F300∼450FI 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 19.5kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 43.2kg
GRTA040-50F600∼1200FI 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 64.2kg
Note) For the dimensions of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
Outline dimensions
GRTA040-38U100∼200 3 GRTA040-42F300∼450 4
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 16.5kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 40.6kg
GRTA040-50F600∼1200 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 1000, 1200 Approx. weight : 62.9kg
GRTA075-28U5∼25FI 1 GRTA075-28U5∼25 5
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 11.5kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight : 7.4kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA075-38U30∼75FI 2 GRTA075-38U30∼75 6
Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 21.5kg Reduction ratio : 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 17.5kg
GRTA075-42F100∼200FI 3 GRTA075-42F100∼200 7
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 39.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 36.9kg
GRTA075-50F300∼450FI 4 GRTA075-50F300∼450 8
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 63.1kg Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 450 Approx. weight : 61.9kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA150-42F40∼75FI 2 GRTA150-42F40∼75 5
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 41.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 38.0kg
GRTA150-50F100∼200FI 3 GRTA150-50F100∼200 6
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 62.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 59.0kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
GRTA220-42F5∼30FI 1 GRTA220-42F5∼30 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 42.0kg Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 34.0kg
Outline dimensions
GRTA220-50F40∼75FI 2 GRTA220-50F40∼75 5
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 64.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 56.0kg
GRTA220-63F100∼200FI 3 GRTA220-63F100∼200 6
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 96.0kg Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight : 88.0kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
Outline dimensions
GRTA370-50F40∼50FI 2 GRTA370-50F40∼50 4
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 64.0kg Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 59.0kg
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
Note) For the dimension of input section, refer to the chart on page 50.
73
Nomenclature and model lineup
ZH ZVQ
⑤Reduction ratio 1200 1/1200 W WN ZVM Specification code for SR
(example) 200 1/200 WV WV1 ZH ZHQ N
WV2 ZHM
⑥Shaft L Output shaft located to the left as viewed from the motor side WV3 ZQ ZQM Specification code for K
arrangement T Output shaft located on both sides WV4 ZM Z ZW ZWV
R Output shaft located to the right as viewed from the motor side WVN V VN ZJ ZJV
S Output shaft located on one side (face side: for face mount type only) J JV JV1 VH VHQ W WV WV1
No code Hollow shaft type JV2 VHM WV2
JV3 VQ VQM WV3
⑦Specification No code Without B or BE
JV4 VM WV4
code B Brake type
V VH V1 V1H J JV JV1
FI Adapter type VN V2 V2H JV2
K Power lock type (For hollow shaft type with standard shaft hole diameter only) VN2 V3 V3H JV3
BE Encoder type V1 V1H V4 V4H JV4
SR Shock relay specification (0.1 to 0.4 kW only) V2 V2H N V VN
⑧Option code Z Inverter motor type V3 V3H N2 VN2
(Order of priority) W Outdoor type V4 V4H PN3 PVN3 PN3 PVN3
Nomenclature and
WC Outdoor type with continuous nominal (Brake type with 0.2 to 0.75 kW only) VH HN3 HVN3 HN3 HVN3
N H HQ HQM WN3 WVN3
J Waterproof specification (0.1 to 0.75 kW only)
model lineup
N2 HM VH
V 400V class (400/400/440V 50/50/60Hz)
PN3 PVN3 Q QM V1 V1H
V1 380V50Hz HN3 HVN3 M V2 V2H
V2 380V60Hz WN3 WVN3 A1 V3 V3H
V3 415V50Hz H A2 V4 V4H
V4 460V60Hz A1
N 200V class Ready for CE A2
N2 200V class Ready for UL
PN3 200V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box) Note)Combinations of outdoor-type with a brake and waterproof type are made-to-order products.
Motor specification differs from standard products. Please be careful.
HN3 200V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box)
WN3 200V class CCC outdoor Global
VN 400V class Ready for CE seriesNote) 1.5kW∼5.5kW
VN2 400V class Ready for UL Specification code for None Specification code for B Specification code for K
PVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box) Z ZW ZWV Z ZV ZVQ Z ZW ZWV
HVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box) ZV ZQ W WV
WVN3 400V class CCC outdoor W WV V VQ WV1
H Hard terminal box type (0.1 to 0.75 kW only) WV1 V1 WV2
Q One-touch manual release type WV2 V2 WV3
M Manual shaft type WV3 V3 WV4
A1 Heat-resistance specification (0.1 to 0.75 kW only) WV4 V4 V
A2 Low-temperature-proof specification (0.1 to 0.75 kW only) V Q V1
V1 V2
Note) Refer to page 301 for capacity and voltage corresponding to the global series.
V2 V3
V3 V4
V4
VN Specification code for BE
■Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number) N
A1
Z ZV
V
A2
1.Terminal box position 3.Paint color (standard color: Munsell 2.5G6/3) 4.Hollow shaft hole diameter Note)
A combination of "brake type" and "outdoor type" is a made-to-order products.
P1:90°swing C0:Light gray(Munsell N7.5) S1:φ20 S5:φ40 Motor specification differs from standard products. Please be careful.
P2:180°swing C1:Light silver metallic S2:φ25 S6:φ45
P3:240°swing C2:Ivory white S3:φ30 S7:φ50
C3:Dark silver metallic S4:φ35
※Refer to the next page for details about the mounting direction and outlet direction of the terminal box.
77
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Model lineup
Three-phase motor type: Hollow shaft type (Non-brake, Brake-type)
5 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 160 200 300 360 480 600 720 960 1200
3.7kW 55H
5.5kW 55H
※Reduction ratio 1/7.5 and 1/12.5 are for only to 0.75 kW.
3.7kW 50U
5.5kW 50U
3.7kW 50L
Nomenclature and
5.5kW 50L
model lineup
Frame numbers in thick-bordered boxes are the foot mount type.
D1 Standard P2
D3
D3
D1
D1
E3
E1
D2
Standard
Standard
D3
78
Standard specifications HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Specifications
Three-phase:0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7, 5.5kW
Output
Non-brake-type, Brake-type
Number of poles 4
Protection type 0.1kW―Totally enclosed type (IP44) 0.2 to 5.5kW―Totally-enclosed external fan type (IP44)
Motor
Cooling method 0.1kW―Self cooled type (IC410) 0.2 to 5.5kW―Self managed type (IC411)
Starting method ー
Rating Continuous
Start end key way New JIS key (JIS B1301-1976): Output shaft key attached (Ordinary-class key way, not for hollow shaft)
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Motor specifications
Number Number
Frequency Voltage Rated current Rated revolution AC-side brake current
of Output of
Hz V A r/min Reference value at 20℃
phases poles
0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710
0.1kW 0.12
(0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740)
1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720
0.2kW 0.12
(0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720)
2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680
0.4kW 0.16
(1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700)
3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710
0.75kW 0.17
Three- (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710)
4 50/60/60 200/200/220
phase
7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730
1.5kW (400/400/440) 0.10
(3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730)
9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730
2.2kW 0.10
(4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730)
16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730
3.7kW 0.08
(8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730)
23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740
5.5kW 0.10
(11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) For the brake-type models, the brake current shown above is added for the phase where the brake lead wire is connected
to the motor lead wire.
The AC-side brake current is for 200 V AC 60 Hz and 100 V AC 60 Hz.
79
Specification chart HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output
Motor Actual reduction Output shaft revolution Page and drawing number
Model r/min
output reduction steps N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
number
kW ratio U
L H 50Hz 60Hz
・ 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}Hollow shaft type Face mount Foot mount type
5 1/5 300 360 2.7 {0.28} 2.4 {0.24} 588 {60}
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 4.2 {0.43} 3.4 {0.35} 784 {80}
10 1/10 150 180 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 980{100}
12.5 1/12.5 120 144 7.0 {0.71} 5.8 {0.59}1029{105}
108
15 1/15 100 120 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71}1078{110}
2 2 |
20 1/20 75 90 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95}1176{120}
84 96 1
25 1/25 60 72 13.7 {1.4} 11.8 {1.2} 1274{130} | |
30 1/30 50 60 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1421{145} 1 1
40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1617{165}
50 1/50 30 36 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1862{190}
60 1/60 25 30 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 2009{205}
HMTA 108
80 0.1 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 {4.3} 35.3 {3.6} 2254{230}
010 |
100 1/100 15 18 52.9 {5.4} 44.1 {4.5} 2548{260}
3 3 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 63.7 {6.5} 52.9 {5.4} 2793{285}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 3332{340} 84 96 108
| | |
Specification chart
20 1/20 75 90 22.5 {2.3} 18.6 {1.9} 1176{120} | |
1
25 1/25 60 72 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1274{130} 1 1
◎ ◎{ ◎ ◎{
30 1/30 50 60 31.4 3.2} 26.5 2.7} 1421{145}
40 1/40 37.5 45 ◎
42.1 ◎ {4.3} ◎
35.3 ◎{
3.6} 1617{165}
50 1/50 30 36 ◎
52.9 ◎ {5.4} ◎
44.1 ◎ {4.5} 1862{190}
60 1/60 25 30 66.6 {6.8} 54.9 {5.6} 2009{205} 110− 2
HMTA
020 80 0.2 1/80 3 18.8 22.5 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 2254{230}
100 1/100 15 18 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 2548{260} 86 98 110
120 1/120 3 12.5 15 126 {12.9} 106 {10.8} 2793{285} | | |
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 {17.2} 140 {14.3} 3332{340} 2 2 3
※ ※{ ※{
200 1/200 7.5 9 169 17.2} ※169 17.2} 3332{340}
300 1/300 5 6 260 {26.5} 217 {22.1} 4410{450} 86 98 110
360 1/360 4.2 5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410{450} | | |
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 ※
374 ※{
38.2} ※312 ※{
31.8} 4410{450} 3 3 4
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 506 {51.6} 432 {44.1} 6272{640}
86 98 110
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 607 {61.9} 519 {53.0} 6272{640}
※ ※{ ※{
| | |
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 621 63.4} ※621 63.4} 6272{640}
※{
4 4 5
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※
621 63.4} ※621 ※{
63.4} 6272{640}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 79).
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models with ※ mark are ones for which the torque is limited.
Note 5) The figures with the mark ◎ indicate the values for which there are three reduction steps. The values for the L type, for
which there are two reduction steps, are listed below.
80
Specification chart
Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Motor Actual reduction Output shaft revolution
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio U
L ・ H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
50 1/50 30 36 ◎
106 ◎ {10.8} ◎
88.2 {9.0} 2793 {285}
◎
2 2 2
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 {34.5} 281 {28.7} 4410 {450}
200 1/200 7.5 9 ※
374 ※ {38.2} ※312 ※{31.8} 4410 {450}
300 1/300 5 6 519 {53.0} 432 {44.1} 6272 {640}
88 100 112
360 1/360 4.2 5 621 {63.4} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640} | | |
※ ※ {63.4} ※621 ※{63.4} 6272 {640} 3 3 3
480 1/480 3.1 3.8 621
600 1/600 4 4 2.5 3 1029 {105} 869 {88.7} 9800{1000}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 ※
1176 ※ {120} 1029 {105} 9800{1000} 88 100 112
| | |
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※{120} 9800{1000}
4 4 4
1200 1/1200 1.3 1.5 ※
1176 ※ {120} ※
1176 ※{120} 9800{1000}
5 1/5 300 360 20.6 {2.1} 17.6 {1.8} 1519 {155}
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 1862 {190}
Specification chart
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 79).
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models with ※ mark are ones for which the torque is limited.
Note 5) The figures with the mark ◎ indicate the values for which there are three reduction steps. The values for the L type, for which there are two reduction steps, are listed below.
81
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Motor Actual reduction Output shaft revolution
Model number output reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio U
L ・ H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf}Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
Specification chart
60 1/60 25 30 697 {71.1} 581 {59.3}6272{640}
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 930 {94.9} 774 {79.0}9800{1000}
92 104 116
100 1/100 15 18 ※
1068 ※
{109} 968 {98.8}9800{1000} | | |
2 2 2
※ ※
120 1/120 12.5 15 1176 {120} 1166 {119} 9800{1000}
5 1/5 300 360 103 {10.5} 85.3 {8.7}4900{500}
10 1/10 150 180 205 {20.9} 171 {17.4}5880{600}
2 2
15 1/15 100 120 308 {31.4} 256 {26.1}6860{700}
20 1/20 75 90 410 {41.8} 341 {34.8}7742{790}
HMTA 93 105 117
25 3.7 1/25 60 72 489 {49.9} 407 {41.5}8134{830} | | |
370
1 1 1
30 1/30 50 60 586 {59.8} 489 {49.9}8428{860}
40 1/40 3 3 37.5 45 782 {79.8} 652 {66.5}8820{900}
50 1/50 30 36 977 {99.7} 814 {83.1}9114{930}
60 1/60 25 30 1176 {120 } 977 {99.7}9408{960}
5 1/5 300 360 152 {15.5} 126 {12.9}4900{500}
10 1/10 150 180 305 {31.1} 254 {25.9}5880{600}
2 2
15 1/15 100 120 457 {46.6} 380 {38.8}6860{700}
HMTA 94 106 118
550 20 5.5 1/20 75 90 609 {62.1} 508 {51.8}7742{790} | | |
1 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 726 {74.1} 606 {61.8}8134{830}
30 1/30 3 3 50 60 871 {88.9} 726 {74.1}8428{860}
40 1/40 37.5 45 1166 {119} 968 {98.8}8820{900}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. In the case of 1/50 for 2.2kW, marked with ★, however, the actual ratio is 1/49.286.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 79).
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.
82
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
HYPOID MOTOR TA Series
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 4.2 {0.43} 3.4 {0.35} 784 {80}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
12.5 1/12.5 120 144 7.0 {0.71} 5.8 {0.59} 1029 {105}
HMTA010 80 0.1 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 {4.3} 35.3 {3.6} 2254 {230}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 3332 {340}
2
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 3332 {340}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410 {450}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
374 ※ {38.2} 346 {35.3} 4410 {450}
■Outline dimensions
φ20.1
15 15
58.5
6 1.15 1.15
φ21
φ21
22.8
48
38
φ70h7
φ70.6
2
φ32
96
38
φ20H8
58.5
HMTA010-30H160∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.0
(10.6)
kg
φ30.1
φ31.4
φ31.4
20 20
φ127(φ140)
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
φ90h7
10
33.3
118
φ45
47
φ30H8
Details of hollow shaft
9.5
45 45
φ31.4
φ31.4
φ30.1
20 20
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
9
φ90h7
33.3
φ45
148
118
47
φ30H8
Details of hollow shaft
17
φ12 4※
4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP
HMTA010-35H600∼1200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 14.0
(15.6)
kg
382.5(420.5) 161(183.5) 10
131(186) 187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ127(φ140)
φ35.1
23 23
10
70
1.65 1.65
58
7
φ90h7
38.3
φ37
φ37
φ50
140
58
φ35H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ12
8
Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-type with the Fan-cover, refer to the shape on last page.
Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
84
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71} 784 {80}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
10 1/10 150 180 10.8 {1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 980 {100}
12.5 1/12.5 2 120 144 13.7 {1.4} 11.8 {1.2} 1029 {105}
30 1/30 50 60
31.4 {3.2}
26.5 {2.7} 1421 {145}
40 1/40 37.5 45
42.1 {4.3}
35.3 {3.6} 1617 {165}
50 1/50 30 36
52.9 {5.4}
44.1 {4.5} 1862 {190}
HMTA020 80 0.2 1/80 3 18.8 22.5 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 2254 {230}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 {17.2} 140 {14.3} 3332 {340}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 607 {61.9} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the nominal reduction
ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
■Outline dimensions
304(321) 143(166.5) 8
128 6 85 6
48 62
70 38 101
36 36
φ20.1
15 15
67.5
6 1.15 1.15
φ21
φ21
22.8
48
38
φ70h7
φ70.6
2
φ140
φ32
96
38
φ20H8
67
5.5※
φ12 4-M6 bolt through-hole
28 10
Opposite side: M8 TAP 38 DEEP
(Thread Length)
HMTA020-30H80∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 8.8
(10.9)
kg
φ30.1
φ31.4
φ31.4
20 20
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
10
φ90h7
φ140
33.3
φ45
118
47
5.5 ※
φ12 4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP
426(443) 161(183.5) 10
169(186) 187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1
23 23
10
11.5
1.65 1.65
70
φ140
58
φ90h7
168.5
38.3
φ50
φ37
φ37
140
58
φ35H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ12
17
HMTA020-45H600∼1200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 21.3
(23.4)
kg
67 67
φ45.1
φ47.5
φ47.5
30 30
14 1.9 1.9
89
73
7.5
φ90h7
φ140
48.8
φ60
178
73
φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ12
4-HOLES FOR M12 BOLTS.
2
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 16.7 {1.7} 13.7 {1.4} 1254 {128}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
12.5 1/12.5 120 144 27.4 {2.8} 23.5 {2.4} 1646 {168}
2
15 1/15 100 120 33.3 {3.4} 27.4 {2.8} 1715 {175}
1
20 1/20 75 90 44.1 {4.5} 37.2 {3.8} 1862 {190}
40 1/40 37.5 45
84.3 {8.6}
70.6 {7.2} 2450 {250}
Hollow shaft type 0.4kW
50 1/50 30 36
106 {10.8}
88.2 {9.0} 2793 {285}
HMTA040 80 0.4 1/80 18.8 22.5 169 {17.2} 141 {14.4} 3479 {355}
3
100 1/100 15 18 212 {21.6} 176 {18.0} 3920 {400}
2
120 1/120 12.5 15 254 {25.9} 212 {21.6} 4410 {450}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 {34.5} 281 {28.7} 4410 {450}
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
■Outline dimensions
φ30.1
φ31.4
φ31.4
20 20
8 1.35 1.35
59
47
10
φ90h7
φ140
33.3
φ45
118
47
φ30H8
Details of hollow shaft
5.5 ※
18.5
4-M8 bolt through-hole
φ12 Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP
HMTA040-35H60∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 14.2
(16.5)
kg
φ35.1
23 23
10
70
1.65 1.65
58
φ90h7
12
140
38.3
φ140
φ37
φ37
φ50
58
φ35H8
Details of hollow shaft
9.5
515.5(532.5)
179(196) 226 169.5(189) 10.3
89 7 149.5 7
123 73 170 84.5
67 67
φ45.1
φ47.5
φ47.5
30 30
18.5
1.9 1.9
89
14
73
φ140
φ90h7
194.5
48.8
178
φ60
73
φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ12
1※
12
HMTA040-55H600∼1200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 52.8
(55.1)
kg
625.5(642.5)
179(196) 332 190(208.5) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
φ55.1
16 37 37
130
11.5
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
φ140
260
59.3
φ58
φ75
φ58
105
130
φ55H8
φ12 Details of hollow shaft
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 1862 {190}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
12.5 1/12.5 120 144 51.9 {5.3} 41.3 {4.4} 2303 {235}
2
15 1/15 100 120 62.7 {6.4} 51.9 {5.3} 2401 {245}
1
20 1/20 75 90 83.3 {8.5} 69.6 {7.1} 2646 {270}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 {63.4} 517 {52.8} 6272 {640}
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 {63.4} 621 {63.4} 6272 {640}
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
■Outline dimensions
385(412) 165(188.5) 10
187 7 133 7
70 75
106 58 153
52 52
φ35.1
23 23
10 1.65 1.65
70
58
φ90h7
12
38.3
140
φ158
φ37
φ37
φ50
58
φ35H8
Details of hollow shaft
17
4-M10 bolt through-hole
φ12 Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP
HMTA075-45H60∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 23.0
(25.5)
kg
φ45.1
φ47.5
φ47.5
30 30
14 1.9 1.9
89
73
(212)
16
φ90h7
48.8
178
φ60
φ158
73
φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
2
683.5(710.5)
185(212) 332 194(217.5) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
φ55.1
37 37
130
16
φ58
φ58
105
18.5
2.2 2.2
φ158
φ140h7
59.3
260
φ75
105
130
φ55H8
φ12 Details of hollow shaft
90
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Hollow shaft type 1.5kW
■Outline dimensions
30 30
89
14 1.9 1.9
73
178
φ90h7
16
(198)
φ60
φ47.5
φ198
φ47.5
48.8
73
φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ27
23
11※
HMTA150-55H100∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 57.0
(62.0)
kg
587.5(641.5)
332 247(245) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
130
φ55.1
16 37 37
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23
φ75
260
φ198
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130
Nomenclature Technical Information Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.
91 Page 77 Page 254 Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 2.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. In the case of 1/50 for 2.2kW, marked with ★ , however, the actual ratio is 1/49.286.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
170
67 67
φ45.1
30 30
89
73
14 1.9 1.9
φ90h7
16
(198)
φ60
178
φ198
φ47.5
φ47.5
48.8
73
φ45H8
Details of hollow shaft
φ27
23
※
14
HMTA220-55H80∼120(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 61.0
(66.0)
kg
616.5(670.5)
332 247(245) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
130
φ55.1
16 37 37
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23
φ75
260
φ198
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130
Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types. Nomenclature Technical Information
Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face. Page 77 Page 254 92
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 3.7kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
■Outline dimensions
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 70.0
(78.0)
kg
676(750)
332 255(258) 14
130 10 176 10
182 105 104
204
82 82
φ55.1
130
16 37 37
105
2.2 2.2
φ140h7
23
φ75
φ214
260
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Non-excitation
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) (IP44) (JC411) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
■Outline dimensions
204
82 82
130
φ55.1
105
16 37 37
φ140h7
2.2 2.2
23
(281)
φ75
260
φ252
φ58
φ58
59.3
105
130
φ55H8
Details of hollow shaft φ35
27 ※
4-M16 bolt through-hole
24
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 3332 {340}
2
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 3332 {340}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410 {450}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
374 ※ {38.2} 346 {35.3} 4410 {450}
In addition, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value
shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
HMTA010-22U5∼120(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/50 、1/60∼1/120 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 6.2
(8.2)
kg
S T
143(166.5)
266(304) 143(166.5) 44 44 85 44
128 6 85 6 6 6
48 62
70 38 36 36 62 36
φ22h6
φ22h6
φ22h6
M6 TAP 32 32
32
φ127(φ140)
16 DEEP
58.5
48
38
φ70h7
φ70h7
φ70.6
φ70.6
6
2
96
38
3.5
58.5
HMTA010-24U160∼200(B)
S
T 2
Reduction ratio : 160, 200 Approx. weight : 10.0
(11.7)
kg
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
36 36
32
M6 TAP 32 32
16 DEEP
φ127(φ140)
7
59
47
φ90h7
φ90h7
10
φ90h7
118
8
47
4
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
81(104.5) (5.5※)
9.5
M6 TAP
φ12 16 DEEP (5.5※) 143(166.5)
4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP
S T
353(391)
131(186) 157.5 148(170.5) 61
φ28h6
59 106.5 7 61 106.5 61
φ28h6
62 7 62 7
φ28h6
88 47
42 42
φ127(φ140)
M8 TAP 37 37
20 DEEP
59
7
φ90h7
φ90h7
47
φ90h7
9
118
148
148
8
47
4 37
Shaft end shape 42
17
HMTA010-38U600∼1200 ST(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 15.8
(17.4)
kg
S T
382.5(420.5) 73.5 133 73.5
161(183.5) 73.5
131(186) 187 7 75 7
133 7
70 58 58 58
φ38h6
75
φ38h6
φ38h6
M10 TAP
106 58 25 DEEP 50 50
50
φ127(φ140)
8
8
70
58
φ90h7
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
7
140
58
Note 1) ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-type with the Fan-cover, refer to the shape on last page.
Note 2) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting face.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely. 96
Note 4) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Face mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
30 1/30 50 60
31.4 {3.2}
26.5 {2.7} 1421 {145}
40 1/40 37.5 45
42.1 {4.3}
35.3 {3.6} 1617 {165}
50 1/50 30 36
52.9 {5.4}
44.1 {4.5} 1862 {190}
0.2
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 {17.2} 140 {14.3} 3332 {340}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 607 {61.9} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640}
4
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
HMTA020-22U5∼60(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/25 、1/30∼1/60 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.5)
kg
304(321)
S 143(166.5)
T
128 143(166.5) 44 44 85 44
48 6 85 6 6 6
70 38 62 36 62 36
φ22h6
φ22h6
φ22h6
M6 TAP 36 32 32
16 DEEP 32
67.5
48
38
(φ70.6)
φ70h7
φ70h7
φ70.6
6
2
φ140
96
38
3.5
67
HMTA020-28U80∼200(B)
S
T 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.6
(11.8)
kg
φ28h6
106.5 7 62 7
φ28h6
φ28h6
88 47 7
62 42 42 42
M8 TAP
20 DEEP 37 37 37
7
59
47
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ140
118
8
47
426(443) S T
169(186) 187 73.5
161(183.5) 73.5 133 73.5
φ38h6
70 133 7 58 7 75 7
φ38h6
106 58
φ38h6
M10 TAP 75 50 58
58
25 DEEP
50 50
8
11.5
70
58
φ90h7
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
168.5
168.5
φ140
140
58
5
φ12 Shaft end shape
M10 TAP OUTPUT SHAFT 86(108.5)
17
25 DEEP 161(183.5)
4-M10 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP
HMTA020-42U600∼1200 ST(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 25.3
(27.4)
kg
169(186)
465(482)
226
S T
170.5(193) 85
89 149.5 7 85 149.5 85
(34)
φ42h6
φ42h6
M10 TAP 66 66 66
25 DEEP 60 60 60
8
89
73
7.5
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
178
φ140
73
5
φ12 Shaft end shape
86(108.5)
2
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
40 1/40 37.5 45
84.3 {8.6}
70.6 {7.2} 2450 {250}
50 1/50 30 36
106 {10.8}
88.2 {9.0} 2793 {285}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 {34.5} 281 {28.7} 4410 {450}
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
HMTA040-28U5∼50(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 10.2
(12.7)
kg
349.5(366.5) S T
157.5 143(166.5) 61 61 106.5 61
59 106.5 7 7 62 7
88 47 62 42 42 42
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
M8 TAP 37 37 37
20 DEEP
59
7
47
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
10
φ140
118
8
4
47
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
5.5※
M8 TAP 81
(104.5)
18.5
20 DEEP 143(166.5) 5.5※
φ12
4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP
HMTA040-38U60∼200 ST(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 16.0
(18.5)
kg
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
M10 TAP 75 58 58 58
25 DEEP
50 50 50
8
70
58
10
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ140
140
58
φ12 25 DEEP
156(179.5)
4-M10 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M12 TAP 46 DEEP
515.5(532.5) S T
179 226 165.5(189) 85 85 149.5 85
φ42h6
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 66
84.5
φ42h6
φ42h6
M10 TAP 66 60
25 DEEP 66
60 60
18.5
8
φ140
89
73
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
194.5
194.5
178
73
5
φ12 Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT 1※
20 ※1
12
M10 TAP
25 DEEP
4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP
HMTA040-50U600∼1200 ST(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 58.8
(61.3)
kg
179
625.5(642.5)
332 S T
130 186(208.5) 107 107 176 107
182 105 176 10 10 104 10
104 82 82
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
M10 TAP 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
11.5
105
φ140
14
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
260
105
5.5
130
φ12
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
M10 TAP
25 DEEP
4-M16 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 {63.4} 517 {52.8} 6272 {640}
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 {63.4} 621 {63.4} 6272 {640}
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
HMTA075-38U5∼50(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 21.0
(23.0)
kg
385(412)
187
S
165(188.5) 73.5
T
70 73.5 133 73.5
133 7
106 58 7 58 75 7
M10 TAP 75 58
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
58 58
25 DEEP 50 50 50
8
70
58
10
φ90h7
12
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ158
140
58
5
HMTA075-42U60∼200 ST(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 27.0
(29.5)
g
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
60 60 60
25 DEEP
8
89
73
(212)
12
φ90h7
16
φ90h7
φ90h7
178
φ158
73
5
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT 90(113.5)
2
M10 TAP
φ12
25 DEEP 174.5(198)
4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP
185
683.5(710.5)
332
S T
194(217.5) 107 107 176 107
130
182 105 176 10 10 104 10
104 82
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
M10 TAP 82 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
18.5
105
φ158
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
260
105
130
5.5
φ12
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
M10 TAP 90(113.5)
25 DEEP
194(217.5)
4-M16 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP
102
Face mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Face mount type 1.5kW
■Outline dimensions
HMTA150-42U5∼80 ST(B) 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/80 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80 Approx. weight : 33.0
(38.0)
kg
473.5(527.5) S T
226 227(225) 85 85 149.5 85
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 84.5 66 66 66
M10 TAP 60 60 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
25 DEEP
8
89
73
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
12
(198)
16
φ198
178
5
73
φ27 ※ φ27 ※
11 11
23
HMTA150-50U100∼200 (B)
S
T 2
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 63.0
(68.0)
kg
587.5(641.5)
332 247(245)
S 107
T
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
M10 TAP
82 82 82
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
105
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
23
φ198
260
105
130
5.5
φ27 φ27
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. In the case of 1/50 for 2.2kW, marked with ★ , however, the actual ratio is 1/49.286.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
502.5(556.5)
S T
226 227(225) 85 85 149.5 85
89 149.5 7 7 84.5 7
123 73 M10 TAP 84.5 66 66 66
60 60 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
25 DEEP
8
89
73
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
12
(198)
16
φ198
73
5
178
φ27 ※ φ27 ※
23
14 14
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
4-M12 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M16 TAP 44 DEEP
HMTA220-50U80∼120 ST(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 67.0
(72.0)
kg
616.5(670.5)
332 247(245)
S 107
T
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
M10 TAP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
82 82 82
25 DEEP 75 75 75
130
9
105
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
23
φ198
260
105
130
5.5
φ27 φ27
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
Face mount type 3.7kW
HMTA370-50U5∼60(B)
S
T 1/5∼1/20 、1/25∼1/60 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 76.0
(84.0)
kg
676(750) S T
332 255(258) 107
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 M10 TAP 104 10 10 104 10
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
25 DEEP 82 82 82
75 75 75
130
105
9
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
14
23
φ214
260
105
130
5.5
φ27 φ27
※ ※
1 1
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
4-M16 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M20 TAP 52 DEEP
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Non-excitation
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) (IP44) (JC411) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
U 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
717.5(829.5)
S T
332 306(309) 107
130 176 107 176 107
182 105 104 10 10 104 10
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
82 82 82
M10 TAP 75 75 75
130
25 DEEP
105
9
φ140h7
φ140h7
φ140h7
23
(281)
14
260
φ252
105
130
5.5
φ35 φ35
Shaft end shape 27※
OUTPUT SHAFT 202 27 ※
24
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 {8.6} 70.6 {7.2} 3332 {340}
3
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 3332 {340}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 312 {31.8} 260 {26.5} 4410 {450}
5
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
374 ※ {38.2} 346 {35.3} 4410 {450}
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the
value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA010-19L5∼50(B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 6.0
(7.0)
kg
L T R
164 143.5
265(303) 163(186.5) 82 82 82
82 32 32
6 32
φ127(φ140)
32 28 28 28
28
φ19h6
φ19h6
φ19h6
M6 TAP M6 TAP
φ19h6
16 DEEP 16 DEEP
13
126.5
126.5
126.5
6
6 3.5
55
55
55
3.5 4-φ9 4-φ9
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
62.5 32.5 35 35 47 35 35 35 35
12
12
12
φ12 120 95 95 95
L
HMTA010-22L60∼120(B)
T
R
2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 6.5
(8.5)
kg
L T R
100.5(124) 86.5 100.5(124) 48.5
266(304) 100.5(124) 86.5 86.5 86.5
128 19.5 36 19.5 36 36 19.5
M6 TAP
48 16 DEEP 36 32 32 32
φ22h6
φ22h6
φ22h6
φ22h6
111.5(120.5)
6
6
2
103
3.5
55
3.2
L
HMTA010-24L160∼200 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 160, 200 Approx. weight : 10.8
(12.4)
kg
297(335)
157.5
L T R
M6 TAP 59 90(113) 108 108(*113) 108 108(*113) 60
16 DEEP 7 9 9 9
M6 TAP
36 36 36
φ127(φ140)
φ24h6
16 DEEP 36 φ24h6
φ24h6
7 32 32 32 32
10
139
139
8
139
4 4
80
80
80
3.2
OUTPUT SHAFT
L
HMTA010-28L300∼480 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 13.0
(14.6)
kg
353(391)
L T R
131(186) 157.5 95(117) 114 114 114 114 60
M8 TAP 59 9 9 9
7
φ127(φ140)
20 DEEP M8 TAP
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
20 DEEP 42 42
7 37 37
9
152
152
152
8
4
4 37 37
80
80
80
L
HMTA010-38L600∼1200 (B)
T
R
5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 16.8
(18.4)
kg
382.5(420.5)
L T R
131(186) 187
φ38h6
φ38h6
25 DEEP
φ127(φ140)
58
58
8 50 50
10
10
160
160
160
5 5 50 50
90
90
90
58
4.5
4.5
Note 1) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-type with the Fan-cover, refer to the shape on last page.
Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
108
Note 3) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is based on direction of rotation A shown on page 262.
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
30 1/30 50 60
33.3 {3.4}
27.4 {2.8} 1421 {145}
40 1/40 37.5 45
44.1 {4.5}
37.2 {3.8} 1617 {165}
50 1/50 30 36
55.9 {5.7}
46.1 {4.7} 1862 {190}
HMTA020 100 0.2 1/100 15 18 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0} 2548 {260}
Foot mount type 0.2kW
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 169 {17.2} 140 {14.3} 3332 {340}
720 1/720 2.1 2.5 607 {61.9} 519 {53.0} 6272 {640}
5
960 1/960 1.6 1.9 ※
621 ※ {63.4} ※
621 ※ {63.4} 6272 {640}
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA020-19L5∼50(B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 6.0
(7.5)
kg
L T R
303(320) 163(186.5) 164 149.5
82 82 82 82
32
6 32 32 32
28 28
M6 TAP 28 28
φ19h6
M6 TAP
φ19h6
φ19h6
16 DEEP
φ19h6
16 DEEP 6
φ140
13
135.5
135.5
135.5
6
6
3.5
55
55
55
4-φ9 4-φ9
Shaft end shape
φ12 3.5 OUTPUT SHAFT 35 35 47 35 35
12
35 35
12
12
62.5 32.5 95 95 95
120
L
HMTA020-22L60(B)
T
R
2
Reduction ratio : 60 Approx. weight : 7.0
(8.8)
kg
L T R
304(321) 100.5(124) 86.5 100.5(124) 48.5
128 100.5(124) 86.5 86.5 86.5
48 19.5 36 19.5 36 36 19.5
φ22h6
φ22h6
φ22h6
φ22h6
6
120.5
6
2
103
φ140
3.5
55
3.2
L
HMTA020-28L80∼200(B)
T
R
3
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 10.4
(12.5)
kg
335(352)
L T R
157.5
M8 TAP 59 90(113) 114 114 60 114 60
42
φ28h6
20 DEEP 42 42 42
φ28h6
37 37 φ28h6 37
7 37
10
8
φ140
139
139
139
8
4 4
80
80
80
4-φ11
3.2
3.2
OUTPUT SHAFT
φ12 88 47 150 39 39 150 39 39 150
155 170 170 170
L
HMTA020-38L300∼480 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 300, 360, 480 Approx. weight : 16.8
(18.9)
kg
L T R
426(443)
169 187
94.5(117) 140 140 140 140 73.5
M10 TAP 70 8.5 8.5
M10 TAP 8.5
φ38h6
25 DEEP 8
φ38h6
25 DEEP
φ38h6
φ38h6
58 58
8
11.5
50 50
10
10
φ140
172
172
172
5 5 50 50
90
90
90
58 58
4.5
4.5
L
HMTA020-42L600∼1200 TR(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 26.3
(28.4)
kg
L T R
465(482)
169 226 96(118) 160 160 160 160 82
10 10 66 10
M10 TAP 89
M10 TAP 66 60
25 DEEP 8
25 DEEP 60
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
66 66
8 60 60
7.5
12
12
(231)
(231)
(231)
φ140
197
197
197
5
5
108
108
108
4.5
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
40 1/40 37.5 45
89.2 {9.1}
74.5 {7.6} 2450 {250}
50 1/50 30 36
112 {11.4}
93.1 {9.5} 2793 {285}
HMTA040 100 0.4 1/100 15 18 212 {21.6} 176 {18.0} 3920 {400}
3 2
120 1/120 12.5 15 254 {25.9} 212 {21.6} 4410 {450}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 338 {34.5} 281 {28.7} 4410 {450}
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Nomenclature Information
111 Page 77 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA040-24L5∼50(B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 8.2
(10.2)
kg
L T R
181(204.5) 200 167.5
340(357) 81(104.5) 100 100(*104.5) 100 100(*104.5)
M6 TAP
16 DEEP 45 45
45 45
7 M6 TAP 40 40 40 40
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
16 DEEP
φ140
158
158
158
21
8
8
4
70
70
70
4-φ11 4-φ11 4-φ11
Shaft end shape
15
15
15
OUTPUT SHAFT
φ12 4 37.5 37.5 62.5 62.5 37.5 37.5 62.5 62.5 37.5 37.5
70 40 105 105 105
140
L
HMTA040-38L60∼200 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 16.8
(19.3)
kg
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
φ38h6
8
8 M10 TAP
10
10
12
25 DEEP
φ140
160
160
160
5
90
90
90
4.5
4.5
OUTPUT SHAFT
5 185 47.5 47.5 185 47.5 47.5 185
φ12
106 58 210 210 210
188
L T R
515.5(532.5)
95(*115) 160 160 160 160 82
179 226
10 66 66 10 66 66 10
89
M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP 8 M10 TAP
φ42h6
25 DEEP
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
18.5
8
φ140
12
12
202
202
202
5
108
108
108
4.5
L
HMTA040-50L600∼1200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 600, 720, 960, 1200 Approx. weight : 75.8
(78.3)
kg
L T R
625.5(642.5)
179 332 195 195 195 98
98(*120.5) 195
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75
9 M10 TAP 75 75
25 DEEP
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
11.5
14
14
φ140
300
300
300
170
170
φ12
20
20
20
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
7.5 1/7.5 200 240 31.4 {3.2} 26.5 {2.7} 1862 {190}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
12.5 1/12.5 120 144 51.9 {5.3} 43.1 {4.4} 2303 {235}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 {63.4} 517 {52.8} 6272 {640}
※ ※ ※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 {63.4} 621 {63.4} 6272 {640}
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA075-30L5∼50(B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 16.0
(17.5)
kg
L T R
202.5(226) 225 187.5
366(393)
M8 TAP 90(113.5) 112.5 112.5(*113.5) 112.5 112.5(*113.5)
20 DEEP 50
7 50 50
50 45
M8 TAP 45 45 45
φ30h6
φ30h6
φ30h6
φ30h6
20 DEEP
φ158
182
182
182
23
8
8
4
80
80
80
4-φ13 4-φ13 4-φ13
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
18
18
18
φ12 4 45 45 67.5 67.5 45 45 67.5 67.5 45 45
85 45 120 120 120
160
L
HMTA075-42L60∼200 (B)
T
R
2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 28.5
(31.0)
kg
66 66
φ42h6
66
φ42h6
66
φ42h6
8 60 60 60 60
12
12
16
(231)
(231)
(231)
φ158
197
197
197
5
108
108
108
4-φ17 4-φ17 4-φ17
4.5
4.5
4.5
683.5(710.5)
L T R
185 332 106(129.5) 195 195 195 195 98
M10 TAP 130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
25 DEEP 9 M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
18.5
φ158
14
14
300
300
300
170
170
φ12
20
20
OUTPUT SHAFT
5.5 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
176 99 336 336 336
327
114
Foot mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type HYPOID MOTOR TA series
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 1.5kW
■Outline dimensions
L
HMTA150-42L5∼80(B)
T
R
1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/80 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80 Approx. weight : 35.0
(40.0)
kg
473.5(527.5) L T R
226 153(150) 160 160 160 160 85
89 10 66 66 10 66 66 10
M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8
(217)
197
12
16
φ198
(217)
(217)
197
197
108
5
108
108
4.5
4.5
φ27
φ27
6※
6※
123 73
※6
210 55 φ27
228 240 55 210 55 55 210
240 240
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
L
HMTA150-50L100∼200 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 81.0
(86.0)
kg
587.5(641)
L T R
332 159(157) 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
300
300
14
23
φ198
300
170
170
20
70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type over
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. In the case of 1/50 for 2.2kW, marked with ★ , however, the actual ratio is 1/49.286.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for witch the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
L T R
502.5(556.5) 153(150) 160 160 160 160 89
226 10 66 66 10 66 66 10
89 M10 TAP 60 60 60 60
25 DEEP
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
φ42h6
8
197
197
12
197
16
φ198
(217)
(217)
(217)
108
5
108
108
4.5
4.5
123 73 210 55
6※
L
HMTA220-50L80∼120 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 84.0
(89.0)
kg
616.5(670.5)
L T R
332 159(157) 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75 75 75
25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
300
14
23
φ198
300
300
170
170
20
70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Class E Non-excitation
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) (IP44) (JC411) (Class B) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
Foot mount type 3.7kW
L
HMTA370-50L5∼60(B)
T
R
1/5∼1/20 、1/25∼1/60 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 93.0
(101.0)
kg
676(750)
L T R
332 167(170) 195 195 195 195 98
130 M10 TAP 16 82 82 16 82 82 16
25 DEEP 75 75 75 75
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
φ50h6
9
14
23
φ214
300
300
300
170
170
20
70 70 83 83 83 83 83 83
176 99 286 52 52 286 52 52 286
327 336 336 336
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
■Specification chart
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated torque
Hz type method Type Insulation
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (of motor torque)
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 Totally enclosed type Self managed type Non-excitation
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B 150% over Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) (IP44) (JC411) type
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Number of Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing
Motor Actual
number of
Model number output reduction reduction steps r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L.
outline
kW ratio
L 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} dimensions
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less
than the value shown in the table above.
In addition O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
■Outline dimensions
L T R
717.5(829.5) 218(221) 218(221)
332 218(221) 195 195 195 195 98
130 16 82 16 82 16
M10 TAP 75 75
φ50h6
φ50h6
25 DEEP
φ50h6
82
φ50h6
82
9 75 75
23
14
(321)
(321)
(321)
300
300
300
φ252
5.5
170
170
170
Three-phase 0.1kW・0.2kW
HMTA010-30H5∼120(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 9.0
(10.6)
kg
297(335) 143(166.5) 10.3
157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
88 47
127
45 45
φ127(φ140)
20 20
φ30.1
59
8 1.35 1.35
47
φ90h7
φ45
10
118
φ31.4
φ31.4
33.3
47
φ30HB Thread Length
9.5
4-M8 bolt through-hole
φ12 Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP
HMTA010-24U5∼120 ST(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 10.0
(11.7)
kg
S
297(335) 143(166.5) 55 T
157.5 106.5 7 55 106.5(166.5) 55
59 62 36 62 7
36 36
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
88 47 32
32 32
M6 TAP
φ127(φ140)
16 DEEP
59
47
7
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
118
8
47
4
Shaft end shape
OUTPUT SHAFT
9.5
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
M6 TAP 81
4-M8 bolt through-hole
φ12 16 DEEP Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP 143
L
HMTA010-24L60∼120 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 10.8
(12.4)
kg
297(335) L T R
157.5 90(113) 108 108 108 108 60
M6 TAP 59 9 9 9
16 DEEP
M6 TAP 36 36 36 36
φ127(φ140)
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
φ24h6
16 DEEP 32 32 32
32
7
10
139
139
139
8
4 4
80
80
80
OUTPUT SHAFT
3.2
3.2
HMTA020-30H5∼60 (B) 4
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 8.8
(10.9)
kg
335(352) 143(166.5) 10.3
157.5 7 106.5 7
59 62
88 47
127
45 45
20 20
φ30.1
59
φ140
47
8 1.35 1.35
φ90h7
10
φ45
118
φ31.4
φ31.4
33.3
47
5.5
φ12 4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP
HMTA020-28U5∼60 ST(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 9.6kg
(11.7)
kg
S
335(352) 143(166.5) 61 T
157.5 106.5 7 61 106.5 61
59 62 42 7 62 7
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
88 47 37 42 42
37 37
M8 TAP
φ140
20 DEEP
59
47
7
10
φ90h7
φ90h7
φ90h7
118
8
47
5.5
81(104.5)
φ12 M8 TAP 4-M8 bolt through-hole
Opposite side: M10 TAP 34 DEEP 143(166.5) 5.5
20 DEEP
L
HMTA020-28L60 TR(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 60 Approx. weight : 10.4
(12.5)
kg
335(352) L T R
157.5 90(113) 114 114 60 114 60
M6 TAP 59 9 9 9
16 DEEP
42 42 42 42
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
φ28h6
M6 TAP
37 37 37 37
φ140
16 DEEP
7
10
139
139
139
8
4
80
80
80
4-φ11
Shaft end shape 4-φ11 4-φ11
3.2
3.2
3.2
OUTPUT SHAFT
φ12 88 47 150 39 39 150 39 150
39
155 170 170 170
Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the motor protrudes from the mounting surface.
119 Page 77 Page 80 Page 254 Note) The Brake-type is attached the Fan-cover. ( ) The values in parentheses are for the Brake-types.
120
Nomenclature, model lineup
■Model lineup
Adapter type・Inline reducer type (hollow shaft)
Nomenclature and
0.1kW 30H
0.2kW 30H
1.5kW 45H
0.1kW 24U
0.2kW 28U
1.5kW 42U
1.5kW 42L
121
Dimensions of Input shaft and specifications HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type
(mm)
Motor output A B C D E F G H I
■ Relationship between the input shaft revolution speed and allowable output shaft torque
An allow able torque for the output shaft on the specification chart is obtained when the input revolution
speed is as follows. 50 Hz: 1500 r/min, 60 Hz: 1800 r/min.
If a revolution speed other than above is used, an allowable output shaft torque is a value obtained by
multiplying the torque correction factor in the following drawing.
Note 1) For an allowable input/output shaft O.H.L., an allowable value is the one obtained by multiplying the above correction factor.
Note 2) Refer to Table 3 on page 258 for inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency.
Note 3) Please contact us if using the product as a speed increaser.
122
Specification chart
■Specification chart
4P motor Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Allowable output Page and drawing number
Actual reduction Output shaft revolution
Model capacity r/min
reduction steps N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
number equivalence
ratio
kW L U・H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz:1500r/min 60Hz:1800r/min N {kgf} N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
5 1/5 300 360 2.7 {0.28} 2.4 {0.24} 588{ 60}
10 1/10 150 180 5.6 {0.57} 4.6 {0.47} 980{100}
15 1/15 100 120 8.3 {0.85} 7.0 {0.71} 1078{110} 133
・
134
20 1/20 75 90 10.8 { 1.1} 9.3 {0.95} 1176{120} |
25 1/25 2 2 60 72 13.7 { 1.4} 11.8 {1.2 } 1274{130} 1
30 1/30 50 60 16.7 { 1.7} 13.7 {1.4 } 1421{145} 125 129
・ ・
40 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 { 2.3} 18.6 {1.9 } 1617{165} 126 130
HRTA
0.1 96.0 {9.8} | |
010 50 1/50 30 36 27.4 { 2.8} 23.5 {2.4 } 1862{190} 1 1
60 1/60 25 30 31.4 { 3.2} 26.5 {2.7 } 2009{205}
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 42.1 { 4.3} 35.3 {3.6 } 2254{230} 133
・
100 1/100 15 18 52.9 { 5.4} 44.1 {4.5 } 2548{260} 134
|
120 1/120 3 3 12.5 15 63.7 { 6.5} 52.9 {5.4 } 2793{285}
2
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 84.3 { 8.6} 70.6 {7.2 } 3332{340}
200 1/200 7.5 9 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0 } 3332{340}
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The figures with the mark ◎ indicate the values for which there are two reduction steps. The values for the U type, for which there
are three reduction steps, are listed below.
1/40 37.5 45 84.3 { 8.6} 70.6 {7.2}
0.4 2 3
1/50 30 36 106 {10.8} 88.2 {9.0}
Note 5) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 6) The models with ※ mark are ones for which the torque is limited.
123
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type
4P motor Number of Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Allowable output Page and drawing number
Actual reduction Output shaft revolution
Model capacity r/min
reduction steps N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. shaft O.H.L. of the outline dimensions
number equivalence
ratio
kW L U・H 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz:1500r/min 60Hz:1800r/min N {kgf} N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
5 1/5 300 360 20.6 { 2.1} 17.6 { 1.8} 1519{155}
10 1/10 150 180 42.1 { 4.3} 34.3 { 3.5} 2205{225}
15 1/15 100 120 62.7 { 6.4} 51.9 { 5.3} 2401{245} 127 131 137
・ ・ ・
20 1/20 75 90 83.3 { 8.5} 69.6 { 7.1} 2646{270} 128 132 138
2 2 | | |
25 1/25 60 72 104 {10.6} 87.2 { 8.9} 2891{295} 1 1 3
30 1/30 50 60 125 {12.8} 104 {10.6} 3136{320}
◎ ◎
HRTA 40 1/40 37.5 45 167 {17.0}◎ 139 ◎
{14.2} 3626{370}
0.75 353 {36}
075 50 1/50 30 36 ◎
209 ◎
{21.3}◎ 173 ◎
{17.7} 4116{420}
60 1/60 25 30 238 {24.3} 198 {20.2} 4508{460}
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 317 {32.3} 264 {26.9} 5390{550} 127 131 137
・ ・ ・
100 1/100 15 18 396 {40.4} 330 {33.7} 6272{640} 128 132 138
3 3 | | |
120 1/120 12.5 15 475 {48.5} 396 {40.4} 6272{640} 2 2 4
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 621 {63.4} 517 {52.8} 6272{640}
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 621 {63.4}※ 621 ※
{63.4} 6272{640}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Specification chart
Note 4) The figures with the mark ◎ indicate the values for which there are two reduction steps. The values for the U type, for which there
are three reduction steps, are listed below.
Note 5) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 6) The models with ※ mark are ones for which the torque is limited.
124
Outline dimensions Hollow shaft type
HRTA010-30H5∼200FI 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.5kg
HRTA020-30H5∼200FI 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.5kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
HRTA040-30H5∼50FI 1/5∼1/30 、
1/40∼1/50 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 9.5kg
HRTA040-35H60∼200FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 13.5kg
Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
125 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type
HRTA010-30H5∼200 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 7.0kg
HRTA020-30H5∼200 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 7.0kg
Outline dimensions
HRTA040-30H5∼50 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 8.0kg
HRTA040-35H60∼200 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 12.0kg
Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the input shaft bracket protrudes from Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information
the mounting surface. Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 126
Outline dimensions Hollow shaft type
HRTA075-45H60∼200FI 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 23.0kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
HRTA075-45H60∼200 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 20.5kg
Outline dimensions
1.5kW: Inline reducer type
Note) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the input shaft bracket protrudes from the mounting surface.
HRTA040-38U60∼200 ST FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 15.5kg
Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information Note) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not
129 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 necessarily aligned precisely.
is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type
Outline dimensions
HRTA040-28U5∼50 ST 1/5∼1/30 、1/40∼1/50 3
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 9.0kg
HRTA040-38U60∼200 ST 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 13.5kg
Note 1) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the bracket protrudes from the mounting surface. Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information
Note 2) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 130
left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Outline dimensions Face mount type
HRTA075-38U5∼50 ST FI 1/5∼1/30 、
1/40∼1/50 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 18.5kg
HRTA075-42U60∼200 ST FI 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 27.0kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
HRTA150-42U5∼50 ST FI 1/5∼1/30 、
1/40∼1/50 3
Reduction ratio : 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 28.5kg
Note) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not
necessarily aligned precisely.
is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
HRTA075-42U60∼200ST 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 24.5kg
Outline dimensions
1.5kW: Inline reducer type
Note 1) The dimension marked with ※ indicates that part of the bracket protrudes from the mounting surface.
Note 2) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not
necessarily aligned precisely.
L
HRTA010-24L60∼200 TR FI 1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 11.5kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
L
HRTA020-19L5∼50 TR FI 3
Reduction ratio : 5,10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 6.0kg
L
HRTA020-28L60∼200 TR FI 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 11.5kg
Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information Note) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phases of the right and left output shaft key way are not
133 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 necessarily aligned precisely.
is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type
L
HRTA010-24L60∼200TR 1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.0kg
L
HRTA020-28L60∼200TR 1/5∼1/60 、
1/80∼1/200 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 9.0kg
Note) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information
output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely. Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 134
Outline dimensions Foot mount type
0.4kW: Adapter type
L
HRTA040-24L5∼50TR FI 1
Reduction ratio : 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 Approx. weight : 7.5kg
L
HRTA040-38L60∼200 TR FI 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 16.0kg
HYPOID MOTOR TA series
L
HRTA075-42L60∼200 TR FI 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 28.5kg
(231)
197
Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information Note) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left
135 Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
is when the shaft is rotated clockwise as viewed from the input shaft side.
HYPOID MOTOR/Adapter type, Inline reducer type
L
HRTA040-38L60∼200 TR 2
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 14.5kg
Outline dimensions
L
HRTA075-42L60∼200TR 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200 Approx. weight : 26.0kg
Note) Input shaft and output shaft, for output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left Nomenclature Specification chart Technical Information
output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely. Page 121 Page 123 Page 254 136
Notes
137
CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type 0.1kW
■Model number
CSMA010-130L20T□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑨
HCMA150-401H120B□□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑧ ⑨
①Product series
name
CSMA Reduction for one step with motor ④Installation code
HCMA High reduction with motor
②Motor capacity 010 Three-phase 0.1kW CSMA series HCMA series CSMA/HCMA series
(example) 150 Three-phase 1.5kW
Frame number: Frame 13 to 28 Frame number: Frame 16 to 28 Frame number: Frame 32 to 50
③Frame number 13 Frame number 13
(example) 40 Frame number 40 Installation Installation Installation Installation Installation Installation
④Installation code (example) 0 Refer to the installation code and installation direction drawing. No. direction No. direction No. direction
⑤Mounting type L Foot mount type Standard installation 1 Standard installation
U Face mount type L-side at top installation 2 L-side at top installation
H Hollow shaft type 0
The R-side at top installation 3 R-side at top installation
⑥Reduction ratio 20 1/20
installation
(example) 120 1/120 0 Base at top installation 4 Base at top installation
direction is
⑦Shaft L Output shaft located to the left as viewed from the motor side not restricted. Input side at Input side at
arrangement T Output shaft located on both sides 5 5
top installation top installation
R Output shaft located to the right as viewed from the motor side
No code Hollow shaft type 6 Other than above 6 Other than above
⑧Specification No code Without B or BE
code B Brake type
BE Encoder type
SR Shock relay specification (0.1 to 0.4 kW only)
■Installation direction drawing
Installation
(Order of priority) W Outdoor type Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
direction
J Waterproof specification (0.1 to 0.75 kW only)
Other than above Input side at top installation (Upside-down of standard) R-side at top installation L-side at top installation Standard installation
up
V 400V class (400/400/440V 50/50/60Hz) 0 ↑
V1 380V50Hz
V2 380V60Hz or
V3 415V50Hz 1 ↓
down
V4 460V60Hz
N 200V class Ready for CE up
N2 200V class Ready for UL ↑
PN3 200V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box) 2
HN3 200V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box) ↓
WN3 200V class CCC outdoor down
VN 400V class Ready for CE Global up
VN2 400V class Ready for UL seriesNote) ↑
PVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (resin terminal box)
HVN3 400V class Ready for CCC (hard terminal box) 3
WVN3 400V class CCC outdoor ↓
down
H Hard terminal box type (0.1 to 0.75 kW only)
Base at top installation
WV4 VH VHQ
Specification code for G V2 Specification code for BE
WVN VHM
J JV JV1 VQ VQM Z ZV ZVH V3 Z ZV
JV2 VM ZH V4 V
JV3 V1 V1H V VH VN
JV4 V2 V2H V1 V1H N
V VN V3 V3H V2 V2H
VN2 V4 V4H V3 V3H
VH N V4 V4H
V1 V1H N2 H
V2 V2H PN3 PVN3
V3 V3H HN3 HVN3 Note) Combinations of outdoor-type
V4 V4H H HQ HQM with a brake and waterproof
N HM type are made-to-order
N2 Q QM products. Motor specification
PN3 PVN3 M differs from standard products.
HN3 HVN3 Please contact for details.
WN3 WVN3
H
141
Combination of reduction ratio CROISE MOTOR
1.Terminal box
Standard P1 P2 P3
position
Standard
P1: 90°swing
P2: 180°swing
P3: 240°swing
※The motor terminal box position of 1.5 kW-32 frame and 3.7 kW-50 frame in HCMA
series are at the phase that is in 15° for counterclockwise direction from above
position.
D1 E2
D2 E3
Standard E1
D3
Standard
CROISE MOTOR
HCMA series
Reduction ratio 1/40 1/50 1/60 1/75 1/90 1/100 1/120 1/150 1/180 1/200 1/240 1/300
High-speed side
1/4 1/5 1/4 1/5 1/4.5 1/5 1/4 1/5 1/4.5 1/5 1/4 1/5
(helical gear reduction ratio)
Low-speed side 1/30 1/30 1/60 1/60
1/10 1/10 1/15 1/15 1/20 1/20 1/40 1/40
(worm gear reduction ratio) (31.5) (31.5) (63) (63)
Note1) When the reduction ratio of 2.2 kW is 1/240 and 1/300, the worm gear reduction ratio is as indicated in ( ).
Note2) When the reduction ratio of 3.7 kW is 1/120, 1/150, 1/240, and 1/300, the worm gear reduction ratio is as indicated in ( ).
Combination of
reduction ratio
142
Model lineup
■Model lineup
CROISE MOTOR (hollow shaft type)
CSMA series HCMA series
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 40 50 60 75 90 100 120 150 180 200 240 300
143
Standard specifications CROISE MOTOR
■Specifications
Three-phase:0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.55,0.75,1.5,2.2,3.7kW
Output
Non-brake type, Brake type
Number of poles 4
Motor
Rating Continuous
Insulation Class E
■Motor specifications
Number
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution AC-side brake current A
of Output Frequency Hz
V A r/min Reference value at 20℃
phases
CROISE MOTOR
0.2kW 0.178
(0.59/ 0.55/ 0.55) (1410/1690/1720)
0.55kW 0.232
200/200/220 (1.45/ 1.3 / 1.3) (1380/1650/1690)
50/60/60
(400/400/440) 3.8 / 3.4 / 3.4 1410/1690/1710
0.75kW 0.273
(2.0 / 1.7 / 1.7) (1410/1690/1710)
Standard specifications
144
Specification chart
■Specification chart
Number of
revolution
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
10 1/10 150 180 5.5 { 0.56} 4.6 { 0.47} 1350(1350){138(138)}
15 1/15 100 120 7.8 { 0.78} 6.6 { 0.67} 1350(1350){138(138)}
20 1/20 75 90 10.0 { 1.0 } 8.4 { 0.86} 1550(1550){158(158)}
CSMA 25 1/25 60 72 11.8 { 1.2 } 10.0 { 1.0 } 1550(1550){158(158)} 150 172 194
1 13 | | |
010 30 1/30 50 60 13.3 { 1.4 } 11.4 { 1.2 } 1550(1550){158(158)} 1 1 1
40 1/40 37.5 45 16.5 { 1.7 } 14.1 { 1.4 } 1550(1550){158(158)}
50 1/50 30 36 19.3 { 2.0 } 16.6 { 1.7 } 1550(1550){158(158)}
60 1/60 25 30 21.3 { 2.2 } 18.3 { 1.9 } 1550(1550){158(158)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 20.0 { 2.0 } 17.0 { 1.7 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
50 1/50 30 36 25.0 { 2.5 } 21.0 { 2.1 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
0.1
60 1/60 25 30 28.0 { 2.9 } 24.0 { 2.4 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
75 1/75 20 24 35.0 { 3.5 } 29.0 { 3.0 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 39.0 { 3.9 } 33.0 { 3.3 } 2470(2660){252(271)} 150 172 194
16 | | |
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 43.0 { 4.3 } 36.0 { 3.7 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
2 2 2 2
010 120 1/120 12.5 15 46.0 { 4.7 } 39.0 { 4.0 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
150 1/150 10 12 56.0 { 5.7 } 47.0 { 4.8 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
180 1/180 8.3 10 59.8 { 6.1} 51.0 { 5.2 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
200 1/200 7.5 9 60.3 { 6.2 } 56.0 { 5.7 } 2470(2660){252(271)}
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 76.0 { 7.8 } 65.0 { 6.6 } 3730(3970){381(405)} 150 172 194
22 | | |
145
CROISE MOTOR
Number of
revolution
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
10 1/10 150 180 22.3 { 2.3} 18.7 { 1.9} 1400( 1920){ 143( 196)}
15 1/15 100 120 31.4 { 3.2} 26.7 { 2.7} 1400( 1920){ 143( 196)} 154 176 198
20 1/20 16 75 90 40.5 { 4.1} 34.3 { 3.5} 1660( 2310){ 169( 236)} | | |
CSMA 25 1/25 60 72 46.1 { 4.7} 41.2 { 4.2} 1660( 2310){ 169( 236)} 1 1 1
1
040 30 1/30 50 60 54.3 { 5.5} 46.4 { 4.7} 1880( 2650){ 192( 270)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 72.1 { 7.4} 61.5 { 6.3} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} 154 176 198
50 1/50 22 30 36 85.3 { 8.7} 73.1 { 7.5} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} | | |
60 1/60 25 30 97.5 { 9.9} 83.7 { 8.5} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} 2 2 2
40 1/40 37.5 45 82.0 { 8.4} 69.0 { 7.1} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)}
50 1/50 30 36 102 {10.4} 86.0 { 8.7} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)} 154 176 198
0.4 22 | | |
60 1/60 25 30 116 {11.8} 98.0 {10.0} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)} 3 3 3
75 1/75 20 24 138 {14.0} 121 {12.3} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 167 {17.0} 141 {14.4} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 184 {18.8} 155 {15.9} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
2 154 176 198
040 120 1/120 12.5 15 197 {20.1} 167 {17.1} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
28 | | |
150 1/150 10 12 240 {24.5} 204 {20.8} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)} 4 4 4
180 1/180 8.3 10 270 {27.5} 230 {23.4} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
200 1/200 7.5 9 280 {28.6} 252 {25.7} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 337 {34.4} 288 {29.4} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 154 176 198
32 | | |
300 1/300 5 6 362 {37.0} 349 {35.6} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 5 5 5
10 1/10 150 180 30.6 { 3.1} 25.8 { 2.6} 1400( 1920){ 143( 196)}
15 1/15 100 120 43.6 { 4.4} 36.7 { 3.7} 1400( 1920){ 143( 196)} 156 178 200
20 1/20 16 75 90 55.7 { 5.7} 47.2 { 4.8} 1660( 2310){ 169( 236)} | | |
CSMA 25 1/25 60 72 60.6 { 6.2} 55.9 { 5.7} 1660( 2310){ 169( 236)} 1 1 1
1
055 30 1/30 50 60 60.5 { 6.2} 56.2 { 5.7} 1880( 2650){ 192( 270)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 99.0 {10.1} 84.5 { 8.6} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} 156 178 200
50 1/50 22 30 36 117 {11.9} 100 {10.2} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} | | |
60 1/60 25 30 117 {11.9} 108 {11.1} 3740( 3970){ 381( 405)} 2 2 2
40 1/40 37.5 45 113 {11.6} 95.0 { 9.7} 3730( 3970){ 381( 405)} 156 178 200
22 | | |
CROISE MOTOR
| | |
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 253 {25.8} 214 {21.8} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)} 4 4 4
2
055 120 1/120 12.5 15 270 {27.6} 230 {23.5} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
150 1/150 10 12 292 {29.8} 280 {28.6} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
180 1/180 8.3 10 383 {39.1} 327 {33.3} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 157 179 201
32 | | |
200 1/200 7.5 9 419 {42.8} 358 {36.6} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 5 5 5
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 484 {49.4} 414 {42.2} 12210(11810){1246(1205)} 157 179 201
40 | | |
146
Specification chart
Number of
revolution
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
10 1/10 150 180 42.8 { 4.4} 35.9 { 3.7} 3660( 2920){ 373( 298)}
15 1/15 100 120 60.8 { 6.2} 51.5 { 5.3} 3660( 2920){ 373( 298)} 160 182 204
20 1/20 22 75 90 78.8 { 8.0} 66.7 { 6.8} 3740( 3560){ 381( 363)} | | |
CSMA 25 1/25 60 72 94.1 { 9.6} 79.4 { 8.1} 3740( 3560){ 381( 636)} 1 1 1
1
075 30 1/30 50 60 108 { 11.0} 91.5 { 9.3} 3740( 3960){ 381( 404)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 141 { 14.3} 120 { 12.2} 5160( 5320){ 526( 543)} 160 182 204
50 1/50 28 30 36 168 { 17.1} 143 { 14.6} 5160( 5320){ 526( 543)} | | |
60 1/60 25 30 192 { 19.6} 165 { 16.8} 5160( 5320){ 526( 543)} 2 2 2
40 1/40 37.5 45 156 { 16.0} 132 { 13.4} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
160 182 204
50 1/50 30 36 193 { 19.7} 163 { 16.6} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
0.75 28 | | |
60 1/60 25 30 220 { 22.5} 186 { 19.0} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)} 3 3 3
75 1/75 20 24 271 { 27.7} 229 { 23.3} 5150( 5320){ 526( 543)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 319 { 32.6} 270 { 27.5} 9630( 9460){ 983( 965)}
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 352 { 35.9} 298 { 30.4} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 160 182 204
2 32 | | |
075 120 1/120 12.5 15 382 { 39.0} 324 { 33.1} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)} 4 4 4
150 1/150 10 12 435 { 44.4} 396 { 40.4} 9760( 9460){ 996( 965)}
180 1/180 8.3 10 540 { 55.2} 460 { 47.0} 12210(11810){1246(1205)} 161 183 205
40 | | |
40 1/40 37.5 45 317 { 32.4} 267 { 27.2} 9760( 7240){ 996( 739)} 164 186 208
32 | | |
HCMA 100 4 4 4
1/100 15 18 719 { 73.3} 607 { 62.0} 12210(11810){1246(1205)}
2
150 120 1/120 12.5 15 744 { 75.9} 674 { 68.8} 12210(11810){1246(1205)}
150 1/150 10 12 988 {101 } 840 { 85.7} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
180 1/180 8.3 10 1126 {115 } 959 { 97.8} 16980(16680){1733(1702)} 164 186 208
200 1/200 50 7.5 9 1236 {126 } 1052 {107 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)} | | |
5 5 5
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 1607 {164 } 1362 {139 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 1980 {202 } 1676 {171 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than
Specification chart
147
CROISE MOTOR
Number of
revolution
Model number output reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
kW ratio 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type
10 1/10 150 180 128 { 13.1} 108 { 11.0} 9770( 4670){ 996( 476)}
15 1/15 100 120 185 { 18.9} 160 { 16.3} 9770( 4670){ 996( 476)} 166 188 210
20 1/20 32 75 90 240 { 24.5} 203 { 20.7} 9770( 5640){ 996( 575)} | | |
CSMA 1 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 301 { 30.7} 253 { 25.8} 9770( 5640){ 996( 575)}
1
220 30 1/30 50 60 335 { 34.1} 284 { 28.9} 9770( 6250){ 996( 637)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 436 { 44.4} 370 { 37.7} 12200( 9370){1240( 955)} 166 188 210
50 1/50 40 30 36 524 { 53.5} 446 { 45.5} 12200( 9940){1240(1010)} | | |
2 2 2
60 1/60 25 30 532 { 54.3} 474 { 48.3} 12200(10600){1240(1010)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 473 { 48.3} 398 { 40.6} 12210( 9360){1246( 955)}
166 188 210
50 1/50 30 36 585 { 59.7} 492 { 50.2} 12210( 9940){1246(1014)}
2.2 40 | | |
60 1/60 25 30 674 { 68.8} 568 { 58.0} 12210(10590){1246(1081)} 3 3 3
75 1/75 20 24 751 { 76.6} 701 { 71.5} 12210(10590){1246(1081)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 980 {100 } 827 { 84.4} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
HCMA 100 1/100 15 18 1081 {110 } 912 { 93.1} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
2
220 120 1/120 12.5 15 1187 {121 } 1008 {103 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
150 1/150 10 12 1400 {143 } 1231 {126 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)} 166 188 210
50 | | |
180 1/180 8.3 10 1980 {202 } 1666 {170 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)} 4 4 4
200 1/200 7.5 9 2195 {224 } 1842 {188 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2489 {254 } 2097 {214 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2587 {264 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
10 1/10 150 180 218 { 22.3} 183 { 18.6} 12200( 5890){1240( 601)}
15 1/15 100 120 317 { 32.3} 266 { 27.1} 12200( 5890){1240( 601)} 168 190 212
20 1/20 40 75 90 411 { 41.9} 346 { 35.3} 12200( 7120){1240( 726)} | | |
CSMA 1 1 1
25 1/25 60 72 503 { 51.3} 424 { 43.2} 12200( 7120){1240( 726)}
1
370 30 1/30 50 60 579 { 59.1} 491 { 50.0} 12200( 7860){1240( 801)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 755 { 77.0} 640 { 65.3} 16600(15900){1690(1620)} 168 190 212
50 1/50 50 30 36 857 { 87.4} 767 { 78.3} 16600(16700){1690(1700)} | | |
2 2 2
60 1/60 25 30 857 { 87.4} 795 { 81.1} 16600(16700){1690(1700)}
40 1/40 37.5 45 803 { 81.9} 675 { 68.9} 16980(15920){1733(1624)}
50 1/50 30 36 993 {101 } 835 { 85.2} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
3.7
60 1/60 25 30 1148 {117 } 967 { 98.7} 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
75 1/75 20 24 1363 {139 } 1192 {122 } 16980(16680){1733(1702)}
90 1/90 16.7 20 1833 {187 } 1539 {157 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
CROISE MOTOR
HCMA 100 168 190 212
1/100 15 18 2029 {207 } 1705 {174 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
2 50 | | |
370 120 1/126 11.9 14.3 2421 {247 } 2029 {207 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)} 3 3 3
※ ※
150 1/157.5 9.5 11.4 2607 {266 } 2519 {257 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※
180 1/180 8.3 10 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※
200 1/200 7.5 9 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
※ ※ ※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983(16680){1733(1702)}
10 1/10 150 180 326 { 33.3} 273 { 27.9} 16980(10220){1733(1043)}
15 1/15 100 120 476 { 48.5} 399 { 40.8} 16980(11530){1733(1177)} 170 192 214
CSMA
Specification chart
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (IC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 76.0 { 7.8 } 65.0 { 6.6 } 3970 { 405 }
22 3
300 1/300 5 6 92.0 { 9.4 } 79.0 { 8.0 } 3970 { 405 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
φA
O
13 45 1.5 3 34
16 58 1.5 3 40.5
Cross-section
Y X−O−Y 22 70 2.0 4 54
■Outline dimensions
CSMA010-130H10∼60(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.7)
kg
268.5(285.5) 78
226(243) 1.5 75 1.5
45 42.5 4-M5 Tap Depth 10 3 3
° PCD80 (also applies to the other side)
φ45H8
35
φ45H8
35°
6Js9 1.5 1.5
H8
φ30
φ30
40
20
φ140
67.5
°
35°
φ21
30°
22.8
φ30
φ21
φ21
φ30
110
35
35
30°
70
35
5 1.15 1.15 5
67
25 25 25 120
32
(143.5) 28.5
Details of hollow shaft 148.5
φ12 65.5 (172)
80 4-M5 Tap Depth 10 45.8
55
HCMA010-160H40∼200(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 10.7kg
(12.7)
kg
336(353) 92
4-M6 Tap Depth 12
286(303) 50 1.5 89 1.5
PCD96 (also applies to the other side)
70 3 3
7.5
35° 35°
φ140
φ
67.5
48
φ58H8
φ58H8
φ26.2
φ26.2
φ26
28.3
φ40
φ40
12
φ40
φ40
30°
30°
127
35
79
67
5 1.35 1.35 5
30 29 30 127
φ12 78.6 (150.5) 21.5
96 Details of hollow shaft 148.5
(172)
55
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 64
HCMA010-220H240∼300(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 14.7
(16.7)
kg
365(382) 120
299(316) 66 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
83 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
°
H8
35° 35°
30
64
φ
φ70H8
φ70H8
φ31.4
φ31.4
67.5
φ140
33.3
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ48
30
φ31
°
°
26
30
164
100
3 5 1.35 1.35 5
CROISE MOTOR
5
67
°
40 36 40
φ12 141
104.8 (164.5) 7.5
148.5
128 (172)
73.4
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 86
150
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 enclosed managed 150%
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Reducer frame number
reduction steps
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 161.0 {16.4 } 138.0 {14.1 } 5320 { 543 }
28 5
300 1/300 5 6 195.0 {19.9 } 167.0 {17.0 } 5320 { 543 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
13
φA
45 1.5 3 34
O
16 58 1.5 3 40.5
22 70 2.0 4 54
Cross-section
Y X−O−Y 28 80 2.5 5 67
■Outline dimensions
CSMA020-130H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 8
(10)
kg
78
268.5(285.5) 4-M5 Tap Depth 10
226(243) 1.5 75 1.5
PCD80 (also applies to the other side)
45 42.5 6Js9 1.5 1.5 3 3
°
H8
35
20
35°35°
40
φ
φ45H8
φ45H8
67.5
φ21
30°
22.8
φ30
φ21
φ21
φ30
φ30
φ30
30°
φ140
35°
110
35
5 1.15 1.15 5
70
25 25 25
35
67
32
120
65.5 (143.5) 28.5
φ12 80 148.5
(172)
45.8
4-M5 Tap Depth 10 55
CSMA020-160H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 9
(11)
kg
285.5(302.5) 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 92
235(252) 50.5 PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 1.5 89 1.5
54 8Js9 1.5 1.5 3 3
H8
25
°
φ58H8
φ
φ58H8
φ26.2
φ26.2
35° 35°
φ40
35
φ40
28.3
φ40
φ40
30°
φ26
48
30°
67.5
35°
127
5 1.35 1.35 5
42
φ140
79
30 29 30
37
(150.5) 21.5
30
148.5
78.6 (172)
φ12 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
96 66
HCMA020-160H40∼75(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 11
(13)
kg
336(353) 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 92
286(303) 50 1.5 89 1.5
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 3 3
70
7.5
35° 5°
35° 35°
48
H8
3
12
φ140
25
φ
127
φ58H8
φ58H8
φ26.2
φ26.2
φ40
28.3
φ40
φ40
φ40
φ26
30°
30°
79
67
5 1.35 1.35 5
φ12 127
30 29 30
(150.5) 21.5
78.6 148.5
96 Details of hollow shaft
(172)
55
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 64
HCMA020-220H90∼200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 15
(17)
kg
365(382) 120
299(316) 66 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
CROISE MOTOR
83 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
°
H8
35°
30
64
φ
φ70H8
φ70H8
φ31.4
φ 31.4
67.5
33.3
φ48
φ48
30
φ48
φ48
φ31
φ140
°
30
26
35°
164
5 1.35 1.35 5
100
35
67
°
40 36 40
141
φ12 Details of hollow shaft (164.5) 7.5
104.8 148.5
(172)
128 4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
86
HCMA020-280H240∼300(B) 5
Hollow shaft type 0.2kW
12Js9 2 2
35
H8
35° 35°
40
80
φ
φ80H8
φ80H8
φ42.5
φ42.5
67.5
φ140
43.3
φ58
φ58
φ58
φ58
φ41
30°
°
28
30
200
7 1.95 1.95 7
120
67
3
5
50 45 50
°
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 enclosed managed 150%
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 337 {34.4} 288 {29.4} 9460 { 965 }
32 5
300 1/300 5 6 362 {37.0} 349 {35.6} 9460 { 965 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
13
φA
45 1.5 3 34
O
16 58 1.5 3 40.5
22 70 2.0 4 54
Cross-section
Y X−O−Y 32 92 5.0 5 66
■Outline dimensions
CSMA040-160H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 10
(13)
kg
300.5(317.5) 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 92
250(267) 50.5 PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 1.5 89 1.5
54 8Js9 1.5 1.5 3 3
°
8
5H
35° 35°
35
φ2
48
φ58H8
φ58H8
φ26.2
φ26.2
28.3
30°
φ40
φ40
φ40
φ40
30°
φ26
φ140
67.5
35°
127
42
79
51.35 1.35 5
30 29 30
37
67
127
30
Details of hollow shaft
(150.5) 21.5
φ12 78.6 148.5
96 (172)
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
66
CSMA040-220H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 13
(16)
kg
327(344) 120
260.5(277.5) 66.5 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
66 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
8Js9 1.5 1.5
H8
35°
35° 35°
30
64
φ70H8
φ70H8
φ
φ31.4
φ31.4
33.3
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ48
°
30
φ31
30
°
35°
67.5
φ140
164
56
5 1.35 1.35 5
100
40 36 40
44
67
23
HCMA040-220H40∼75(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 16
(18)
kg
375(392) 120
309(326) 66 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
83 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
°
H8
35° 35°
30
64
φ
φ70H8
φ70H8
φ31.4
φ31.4
φ140
67.5
33.3
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ48
30
°
φ31
30
°
26
164
5 1.35 1.35 5
100
3
5
67
°
40 36 40
141
φ12 Details of hollow shaft (164.5) 7.5
104.8 148.5
128 (172)
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
86
HCMA040-280H90∼200(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 25
(27)
kg
410(427) 150
327(344) 83 2.5 2.5
CROISE MOTOR
4-M10 Tap Depth 19 145
103 PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 5 5
°
12Js9 2 2
35
H8
35° 35°
40
80
φ
φ80H8
φ80H8
φ42.5
φ42.5
φ140
°
43.3
φ58
φ58
φ58
φ58
67.5
30°
φ41
30
28
200
7 1.95 1.95 7
120
67
50 45 50
5
°
φ12
Details of hollow shaft 156
131 (179.5)
91.8
160 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108
HCMA040-321H240∼300(B) 5
Hollow shaft type 0.4kW
H8
30° 30°
92
50
φ92H8
φ92H8
φ
φ70
φ53
φ53
φ70
φ70
φ70
53.8
30°
φ51
φ140
67.5
30
38
237
8 2.2 2.2 8
145
67
30
50 48 50
°
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.9/2.6/2.5 1380/1650/1690 enclosed managed 100%
0.55kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.45/1.3/1.3) (1380/1650/1690) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 484 {49.4} 414 {42.2} 11810 { 1205 }
40 6
300 1/300 5 6 587 {59.9} 501 {51.1} 11810 { 1205 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
16 58 1.5 3 40.5
φA
O
22 70 2.0 4 54
28 80 2.5 5 67
Cross-section
32 92 5.0 5 66
■Outline dimensions
CSMA055-160H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 11
(14)
kg
320.5(337.5) 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 92
270(287) 50.5 1.5 89 1.5
PCD96 (also applies to the other side)
3 3
54 8Js9 1.5 1.5
° H8
25
35° 5°
35
φ58H8
φ58H8
48
φ26.2
φ26.2
28.3
30°
φ40
φ40
φ40
φ40
30°
3
φ26
67.5
φ140
35°
127
37 42
79
51.35 1.355
30 29 30
67
30
78.6 Details of hollow shaft 127
(150.5) 21.5
φ12 96 148.5
(172)
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
66
CSMA055-220H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 14
(17)
kg
347(364) 120
280.5(297.5) 66.5 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
66 PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
8Js9 1.5 1.5
H8
35°
35° 35°
30
64
φ70H8
φ70H8
φ31.4
φ31.4
33.3
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ31
°
30
30
°
φ140
164
67.5
35°
56
5 1.35 1.35 5
100
40 36 40
44
67
23
HCMA055-220H40∼50(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 18
(20)
kg
395(412) 120
329(346) 66 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 2 116 2
83 PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 4 4
°
H8
30
35°35°
64
φ70H8
φ70H8
φ
φ140
φ31.4
φ31.4
67.5
33.3
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ31
°
30
26
164
30
°
100
3
67
5 5 1.35 1.35 5
CROISE MOTOR
°
40 36 40
141
φ12 Details of hollow shaft (164.5) 7.5
104.8 148.5
128 (172)
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 73.4
86
HCMA055-280H60∼150(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 26
(28)
kg
430(447) 150
Hollow shaft type 0.55kW
12Js9 2 2
35
H8
35° 35°
40
80
φ80H8
φ80H8
φ
φ42.5
φ42.5
67.5
43.3
φ58
φ58
φ58
φ58
°
φ140
φ41
30°
30
28
200
7 1.95 1.95 7
120
67
50 45 50
5
°
■Outline dimensions
HCMA055-321H180∼200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 34
(36)
kg
453(470) 158
359(376) 94 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 5 148 5
Pressure vent 115 PCD160(also applies to the other side) 5 5
14Js9 3 3
30°
H8
30° 30°
92
50
φ92H8
φ92H8
φ
φ70
φ53
φ53
φ70
φ70
53.8
φ70
30°
φ51
φ140
67.5
30
38
°
237
8 2.2 2.2 8
145
67
30
50 48 50
Oil gauge
°
HCMA055-401H240∼300(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 53
(55)
kg
526(543) 178
412(429) 114 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 2 2
174
152 PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
Pressure vent 7 7
16Js9 3 3
30°
H8
55
30° 30°
112
φ105H8
φ105H8
59.3
φ80
φ58
φ58
φ80
φ80
φ80
φ56
φ140
30°
30°
67 67.5
270
46
30°
158
8 2.2 2.2 8
60 54 60 Oil gauge
φ12
Details of hollow shaft
173 100
Drain plug 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 124
224 180
158
Hollow shaft type 0.55kW CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 673 { 68.7} 576 { 58.8} 16680 { 1702 }
50 6
300 1/300 5 6 815 { 83.2} 697 { 71.1} 16680 { 1702 }
Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
22 70 2.0 4 54
φA
O
28 80 2.5 5 67
32 92 5.0 5 66
Cross-section
40 105 2.0 7 86
■Outline dimensions
CSMA075-220H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 14
(18)
kg
339(366) 120
4-M8 Tap Depth 15
272.5(299.5) 66.5 2 116 2
PCD128 (also applies to the other side)
66 4 4
8Js9 1.5 1.5
H8
35°
35° 35°
30
64
φ
φ70H8
φ70H8
φ31.4
φ31.4
33.3
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ48
30
φ31
°
°
30
35°
164
φ158
75
44 56
5 1.35 1.35 5
100
40 36 40
79
35
150
(173.5) 15
φ12 104.8 165
128 (188.5)
4-M8 Tap Depth 16 73.4
88
CSMA075-280H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 19
(23)
kg
374(401) 150
4-M10 Tap Depth 19 2.5
290.5(317.5) 83.5 2.5 145
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
83 5 5
12Js9 2 2
H8
35°
35° 35°
40
80
φ80H8
φ80H8
φ
φ42.5
φ42.5
43.3
φ58
φ58
φ58
φ58
φ41
30°
°
200
30
35°
φ158
75
70
120
7 1.95 1.95 7
50 45 50
50
79
165
φ12 131 (188.5)
160 91.8
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 110
HCMA075-280H40∼75(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 27
(30)
kg
422(449) 150
4-M10 Tap Depth 19
339(366) 83 PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 2.5 145 2.5
103 5 5
°
12Js9 2 2
35
H8
35° 35°
40
80
φ
φ80H8
φ80H8
φ42.5
φ42.5
φ158
43.3
φ58
φ58
φ58
φ58
75
φ41
°
30°
28
200
30
CROISE MOTOR
7 1.95 1.95 7
120
79
50 45 50
5
°
HCMA075-321H90∼150(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 35
(38)
kg
445(472) 158
Hollow shaft type 0.75kW
H8
30° 30°
92
50
φ92H8
φ92H8
φ
φ53
53.8
φ70
φ53
φ70
φ70
φ70
φ158
30°
φ51
30
75
°
38
237
8 2.2 2.2 8
145
79
30
50 48 50 Oil gauge
°
φ12 169
Details of hollow shaft
138.6 (192.5)
Drain plug 80
184 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 104
■Outline dimensions
HCMA075-401H180∼200(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 55
(58)
kg
512(539) 178
398(425) 114 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 2 174 2
152 PCD200 (also applies to the other side)
7 7
Pressure vent
16Js9 3 3
°
H8
55
30° 30°
30
112
φ105H8
φ
φ105H8
59.3
φ80
φ58
φ58
φ80
φ80
φ80
φ56
φ158
30°
30°
75
270
46 °
30
60 54 60 Oil gauge
HCMA075-501H240∼300(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 92
(95)
kg
569(596) 218
425(452) 144 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 9 200 9
PCD250 (also applies to the other side)
8 8
Pressure vent
20Js9 3 3
H8
30°
70
30° 30°
140
φ135H8
φ
φ135H8
φ105
φ105
φ105
φ105
30°
φ73
φ73
74.9
φ71
30°
φ158
355
79 75
71
215
8 2.7 2.7 8
30
Oil gauge
°
70 60 70
φ12
Details of hollow shaft
216.5 Drain plug 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 125
280 154
162
Hollow shaft type 0.75kW CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 1607 {164 } 1362 {139 } 16680 { 1702 }
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 1980 {202 } 1676 {171 } 16680 { 1702 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
28 80 2.5 5 67
φA
O
32 92 5.0 5 66
40 105 2.0 7 86
Cross-section
Y X−O−Y 50 135 9.0 8 107
■Outline dimensions
CSMA150-280H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 24
(29)
kg
416.5(470.5)
150
333(387) 83.5
4−M10 Tap Depth 19 2.5 145 2.5
83
φ80H8
φ80H8
(PCD160, also applies to the other side) 5 5
φ42.5
φ42.5
°
°
12Js9 50 45 50
35
35
80
43.3
φ58
φ58
φ58
φ58
°
200
φ198
35
35°
φ41
50 70
120
7 1.95 1.95 7
φ40H8
46
218(216) 20
φ27 91.8
131
160 4−M10 Tap Depth 20 110
CSMA150-321H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 36
(41)
kg
438.5(492.5)
158
344.5(398.5) 94
4−M12 Tap Depth 24 5 148 5
Pressure vent 94 5 5
(PCD160, also applies to the other side)
14Js9 50 48 50
30°
92
φ92H8
φ92H8
53.8
φ53
φ53
φ70
φ70
φ70
φ70
°
30°
30
237
30°
65 80
φ198
8 2.2 2.2 8
φ51
145
φ50H8
31
HCMA150-321H40∼50(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 42
(47)
kg
504(558) 158
410(464) 94 5 148 5
115 4−M12 Tap Depth 28 5 5
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side)
14Js9 50 48 50
°
30°
30
92
φ92H8
φ92H8
φ53
φ53
φ51
φ70
53.8
φ70
φ70
φ70
φ198
38
30°
237
φ27 229(227) 18
HCMA150-401H60∼120(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 62
(67)
kg
178
540(594) 2 174 2
CROISE MOTOR
426(480) 114 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 7 7
Pressure vent 152 (PCD200, also applies to the other side)
16Js9 60 54 60
30°
112
30° 46 30°
φ105H8
φ105H8
φ58
φ58
59.3
φ80
φ56
φ80
φ80
φ80
φ80
270
φ198
30°
φ27
232(230) 6
173 Drain plug
224 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 100 Oil gauge
124
180
HCMA150-501H150∼300(B) 5
Hollow shaft type 1.5kW
Reduction ratio : 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 102
(107)
kg
218
597(651) 9 200 9
453(507) 144 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 8 8
Pressure vent (PCD250, also applies to the other side)
20Js9 70 60 70
°
φ135H8
140
φ135H8
30°
30
φ105
φ105
φ105
φ105
φ71
φ73
φ73
74.9
30°
71
355
215
30
°
φ27
252(250)
216.5 Drain plug
4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
280
154
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2489 {254 } 2097 {214 } 16680 { 1702 }
※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2587 {264 } 16680 { 1702 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
φA
O
32 92 5.0 5 66
40 105 2.0 7 86
Cross-section
X−O−Y 50 135 9.0 8 107
Y
■Outline dimensions
CSMA220-321H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 39
(44)
kg
467.5(521.5) 158
373.5(427.5) 94 5 148 5
94 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 5 5
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side)
14Js9 50 48 50
30° 30°
92
φ92H8
φ92H8
53.8
φ53
φ53
φ70
φ70
φ70
φ70
°
30
237
30°
φ51
φ198
65 80
145
φ50H8 8 2.2 2.2 8
31
CSMA220-401H40∼60(B) 2
16Js9 60 54 60
°
30°
112
58 100 30° 30
φ105H8
φ105H8
59.3
φ80
φ58
φ80
φ58
φ80
φ80
270
φ56
30°
158
38
φ27
173 Drain plug 232(230) 6
224 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 100 Oil gauge
124
HCMA220-401H40∼75(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 65
(70)
kg
569(623)
455(509) 114 178
152 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 2 174 2
Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side) 7 7
16Js9 60 54 60
30°
φ105H8
φ105H8
112
°
φ58
φ80
59.3
φ58
φ80
φ80
φ80
φ56
30
CROISE MOTOR
φ198
30° 46
270
30°
φ27 232(230) 6
4−M12 Tap Depth 24 100 Oil gauge
173 Drain plug 124
224 180
HCMA220-501H90∼300(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 105
(110)
kg
626(680)
Hollow shaft type 2.2kW
218
482(536) 144 9 200 9
4−M14 Tap Depth 28 8 8
Pressure vent (PCD250, also applies to the other side)
°
20Js9 70 60 70
140
30°
30
φ135H8
φ135H8
φ105
φ71
φ105
φ105
74.9
φ73
φ105
φ73
30°
71
355
φ198
φ27
252(250)
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
※ ※
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16680 { 1702 }
※ ※ ※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16680 { 1702 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
Thru
B C
Frame hole
X B C RD
number φA
(H8)
RD
(Thru hole dia.)
φA
O
32 92 5.0 5 66
40 105 2.0 7 86
Cross-section
X−O−Y 50 135 9.0 8 107
Y
■Outline dimensions
CSMA370-401H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 65
(73)
kg
561(635) 178
447(521) 114 2 174 2
4−M12 Tap Depth 24 7 7
115
Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side)
16Js9 60 54 60
30°
112
30° 30°
φ105H8
φ105H8
φ58
59.3
φ80
φ80
φ58
φ80
φ80
270
30°
100
φ56
8 2.2 2.2 8
158
φ55H8
φ214
58
47
φ27 240(238) 16
173 Drain plug
4−M12 Tap Depth 24 100 Oil gauge
224 124
CSMA370-501H40∼60(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 99
(107)
kg
620(694) 218
476(550) 144 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 9 200 9
Pressure vent 144 (PCD250, also applies to the other side) 8 8
30°
70 60 70
140
20Js9
φ135H8
φ135H8
φ105
φ105
30°
φ105
φ105
φ73
74.9
φ73
30°
355
30°
φ71
125
90
φ27
15
216.5 260(258)
280 Drain plug 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
154
HCMA370-501H40∼300(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 126, 157.5, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 111
(118)
kg
676(750) 218
532(606) 144 9 200 9
4−M14 Tap Depth 28 8 8
Pressure vent (PCD250, also applies to the other side)
°
140
70 60 70
30°
30
20Js9
φ135H8
φ135H8
CROISE MOTOR
φ105
φ105
74.9
φ105
φ105
φ73
φ73
φ71
30°
355
71
φ214
215
φ27
267(268)
168
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 enclosed managed 150%
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20. reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
HCM550 75 1/80 2 50 18.75 22.5 1891 {193 } 1764 {180 } 16680 { 1702 } 2
Cross-section
Y X−O−Y
Hollow shaft type 5.5kW
■Outline dimensions
CSMA550-501H10∼30(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 115
(127)
kg
683(781) 218
539(651) 144 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 9 200 9
Pressure vent 144 (PCD250, also applies to the other side) 8 8
140
20Js9 70 60 70
30°
φ135H8
φ135H8
φ105
30°
φ105
φ105
φ105
φ73
φ73
74.9
30°
30°
355
φ71
125
φ70H8 8 2.7 2.7 8
215
φ252
90
36
299(302) 14
φ35
216.5 Drain plug 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
280 154
HCM550-50H40∼100(B)-1 2
Reduction ratio : 41, 51.25, 80, 90, 100
※
(832) 218
※
(688) 144 9 200 9
※
(350) 338 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
PCD250 (also applies to the other side) 8 8
Pressure vent
φ300
30°
30° 30°
140
φ135H8
(148)
φ135H8
φ105
φ105
(φ220)
355
71
30°
※
215
Oil gauge
※
Drain plug
216.5 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 125
280 154
CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type 5.5kW
170
Face mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (IC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 76.0 { 7.8 } 65.0 { 6.6 } 3730 { 381 }
22 3
300 1/300 5 6 92.0 { 9.4 } 79.0 { 8.0 } 3730 { 381 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
171 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA010-130U10∼60 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 6.7
(8.7)
kg
φ18h7
φ18h7
M6 Tap Depth 12
φ18h7
φ18h7
36 38.5 38.5 36
PCD80 (also applies to the other side) 30 36 36 30
30 30
35° 35°
35° 35°
40
φ49
φ49
φ49
φ49
67.5
110
φ140
35 35
3.5
70
67
32
L
HCMA010-160U40∼200 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 10.4
(12.4)
kg
336(353) 149 206 149
57 92
286(303)
M8 Tap Depth 16 70
50 L 92
46
57
47
T 57
149
46 46 57 R 47 46
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 47 47
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 44 44 44 44
38 38 38
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
38
6
5°
35° 5°
67.5
48
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
6
φ140
123
127
° 35°
79
35
67
L
HCMA010-220U240∼300 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 15.2
(17.2)
kg
365(382) 190 260 190
299(316)
M10 Tap Depth 20 83
66 L 120
60
70
63.5
T 70
190
60 60 70
R 70
63.5 60
120
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
50 60 60 50
PCD128 (also applies to the other side)
°
50 50
35
7
35° 35°
64
67.5
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ79
8
φ140
164
26
CROISE MOTOR
4
100
35
67
172
Face mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 enclosed managed 150%
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Reducer frame number
reduction steps
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 161.0 {16.4 } 138.0 {14.1 } 5150 { 526 }
28 5
300 1/300 5 6 195.0 {19.9 } 167.0 {17.0 } 5150 { 526 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
173 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA020-130U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 8
(10)
kg
268.5(285.5) 124 170 124
46 78
226(243)
M6 Tap Depth 12 45
42.5
L 78
39
46
38.5 T 46
124
39 39 46 R 38.5 39
φ18h7
φ18h7
φ18h7
φ18h7
4-M5 Tap Depth 10 36 38.5 38.5 36
PCD80 (also applies to the other side) 30 36 36 30
30 30
35° 35°
6
35° 35°
40
6
φ49
φ49
φ49
φ49
67.5
110
φ140
35 35
3.5
70
67
32
120 28.5 120 28.5 42
φ12 166 106.5
152.5
65.5 4-M5 Tap Depth 10 45.8 4-M5 Tap Depth 10 45.8 45.8
80 55 55 4-M5 Tap Depth 10
55
L
CSMA020-160U40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 9
(11)
kg
285.5(302.5) 149 206 149
235(252)
M8 Tap Depth 16 54
50.5 L 92
46
57
47 T 57
149
46 46 57 R 57
47 46
92
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 47 47
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 44 44 44 44
38 38 38 38
35°
35° 35°
6
48
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
6
67.5
127
φ140
35°
37 42
3.5
79
67
30
L
HCMA020-160U40∼75 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 11.7
(13.7)
kg
336(353) 149 206 149
286(303)
M8 Tap Depth 16 70
50
L 92
46
57
47 T 57
149
46 46 57 R 57
47 46
92
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 47 47
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 44 44 44 44
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
7.5
38 38 38 38
35° 35°
6
35° 35°
67.5
48
φ140
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
6
12
127
3.5
79
67
L
HCMA020-220U90∼200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 15.5
(17.5)
kg
365(382) 190 260 190
299(316) 66 L 120 70 T 190 R 70 120
CROISE MOTOR
83 60 63.5 70 60 60 70 63.5 60
M10 Tap Depth 20 63.5 63.5
4-M8 Tap Depth 15 60 60 60 60
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
7
35°
64
67.5
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ140
35°
26
164
4
100
35
67
L
HCMA020-280U240∼300 TR(B) 5
Face mount type 0.2kW
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
55 55
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
°
55 55
35
8
35° 35°
80
10
67.5
φ91
φ91
φ91
φ91
φ140
28
200
5
120
35
67
°
φ12
156 156 6
131 236
160 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108 108 108
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 enclosed managed 150%
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 337 {34.4} 288 {29.4} 9760 { 996 }
32 5
300 1/300 5 6 362 {37.0} 349 {35.6} 9760 { 996 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
175 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA040-160U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 10
(12)
kg
300.5(317.5) 149 206 149
149
250(267)
54
50.5 4-M6 Tap Depth 12
PCD96 (also applies to the other side)
L 92
46
57
47 T 57 46 46 57 R 57
47 46
92
M8 Tap Depth 16
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
44 47 47 44
38 44 44 38
35° 3 5 °
38 38
35° 35°
6
48
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
6
67.5
127
φ140
37 42
3.5
79
67
30
φ12 127 21.5 127 21.5 35 113.5
184 170.5
78.6 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
96 66 66 66
L
CSMA040-220U40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 13
(16)
kg
327(344) 190 260 190
260.5(277.5)
M10 Tap Depth 20 66
66.5
4-M8 Tap Depth 15
L 120
60
70
63.5 T 70
190
60 60 70 R 70
63.5 60
120
63.5 63.5
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50
35° 35°
35° 35°
7
64
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ79
8
164
67.5
φ140
44 56
4
100
67
23
L
HCMA040-220U40∼75 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 16.5
(18.5)
kg
375(392) 260
309(326)
83
66 L 120
190
70 T 70
190
60 60 70 R 70
190
120
M10 Tap Depth 20 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 60 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 60
60 60 φ28h7 60
φ28h7
60
φ28h7
φ28h7
7
35° 5°
64
67.5
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ140
26
164
4
100
35
67
L
HCMA040-280U90∼200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 26.1
(28.1)
kg
310
410(427)
L 230
T 230
R 230
CROISE MOTOR
327(344) 83 150 80 80 75 75 80 80 150
103 4-M10 Tap Depth 19 75 73 73 73 73 75
M10 Tap Depth 20
70
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
55 55 55 55
°
35
8
35°
80
10
φ91
φ91
φ91
67 67.5
φ91
φ140
200
28
35°
5
120
35
°
φ12
156 156 6
131 236 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8
91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20
160 108 108
4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108
L
HCMA040-321U240∼300 TR(B) 5
Face mount type 0.4kW
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
30°
8
30° 30°
92
10
67 67.5
φ140
38
237
20
5
145
30
°
φ12
160 160 Oil gauge 2
Drain plug
235
138.6 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80
184 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 104 104 104
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.9/2.6/2.5 1380/1650/1690 enclosed managed 100%
0.55kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.45/1.3/1.3) (1380/1650/1690) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 484 {49.4} 414 {42.2} 12210 { 1246 }
40 6
300 1/300 5 6 587 {59.9} 501 {51.1} 12210 { 1246 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
177 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA055-160U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 11
(13)
kg
206
320.5(337.5) 149 149 149
270(287) 50.5 L 92 57 T 57 46 46 57 R 57 92
54 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 46 47 47 47 47 46
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
M8 Tap Depth 16
PCD96 (also applies to the other side) 44 44 44 44
35° 35°
38 38 38 38
35°35°
6
48
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
φ59.5
6
67.5
127
37 42
φ140
3.5
79
67
30
127 21.5 127 21.5 35 113.5
φ12 78.6 184 55 170.5
96 55 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 66 4-M6 Tap Depth 12 55
4-M6 Tap Depth 12 66 66
L
CSMA055-220U40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 14
(16)
kg
347(364) 260
190 190 190
280.5(297.4)
M10 Tap Depth 20 66
66.5 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 L 120 70 T 70 60 60 70 R 70 120
PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 60 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 60
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50
35° 35°
7
35° 5°
64
φ79
φ79
φ79
3
φ79
8
164
67.5
44 56
φ140
4
100
67
23
L
HCMA055-220U40∼50 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 18.5
(20.5)
kg
395(412) 260
329(346)
83
66
L 120
190
70 T 70
190
60 60 70 R 70
190
120
M10 Tap Depth 20 4-M8 Tap Depth 15 63.5 63.5 63.5 63.5 60
60
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
50 50 50 50
35
35° 5°
7
64
67.5
φ79
8
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ140
26
164
CROISE MOTOR
4
100
35
67
L
HCMA055-280U60∼150 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 27.1
(29.1)
kg
310
Face mount type 0.5kW
430(447)
347(364) 83 L 150
230
80 T 80
230
75 75 80 R 80
230
150
103 4-M10 Tap Depth 19 75 73 73 73 73 75
M10 Tap Depth 20
PCD160 (also applies to the other side) 70 70 70 70
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
°
55 55 55 55
35
8
35° 35°
80
10
67 67.5
φ91
φ91
φ91
φ91
φ140
200
28
5
120
35
°
φ12 156 156 6
131 236 91.8
160 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108
108 108
■Outline dimensions
L
HCMA055-321U180∼200 TR(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 35.1
(37.1)
kg
453(470) 233 308 233
359(376)
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 115
94
4-M12 Tap Depth 24 L 158
79
75
T 75
233
79 79 75 R 75
79
158
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
Pressure vent 60 60 60 60
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
30°
8
30° 30°
92
10
67 67.5
φ140
237
38
20
5
145
30
°
L
HCMA055-401U240∼300 TR(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 53.5
(55.5)
kg
526(543) 267 356 267
412(429)
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 152
114 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 L 178
89
89
T 89
267
89 89 89 R 89
89
178
PCD200 (also applies to the other side) 90 90 90 90
Pressure vent
75 75 75 75
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
30°
9
30° 30°
112
22
14
67 67.5
φ140
270
3046
5.5
158
180
Face mount type 0.5kW CROISE MOTOR
Face mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 673 { 68.7} 576 { 58.8} 16980 { 1733 }
50 6
300 1/300 5 6 815 { 83.2} 697 { 71.1} 16980 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
181 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA075-220U10∼30 (B)
T 1
R
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 14
(17)
kg
339(366) 190 260 190
272.5(299.5)
M10 Tap Depth 20 66
66.5
4-M8 Tap Depth
L 120
60
70
63.5 T 70
190
60 60 70 R 70
63.5 60
120
63.5 63.5
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
PCD128 (also applies to the other side) 60 60 60 60
50 50 50 50
35°
35° 35°
64
8
φ79
φ79
φ79
φ79
35°
164
75
44 56
φ158
4
100
79
35
L
CSMA075-280U40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 19
(21)
kg
374(401) 310
290.5(317.5) 83.5 230 230 230
M10 Tap Depth 20 83
4-M10 Tap Depth 19
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
L 150 80 T 80 75 75 80 R 80 150
75 73 73 75
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
73 73
70 70 70 70
55 55 55 55
35°
8
35° 35°
80
10
φ91
φ91
φ91
φ91
35°
200
75
50 70
5
φ158
120
79
29
L
HCMA075-280U40∼75 (B)
T 3
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 28.1
(38.1)
kg
422(449) 310
339(366)
103
83 L 150
230
80
T 80
230
75 75 80
R 80
230
150
4-M10 Tap Depth 19
M10 Tap Depth 20 75 73 73 73 73 75
PCD160 (also applies to the other side)
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
70 70 70 70
°
35
55 55 55 55
8
35° 5°
80
10
φ91
φ91
φ91
φ91
3
75
φ158
28
200
CROISE MOTOR
5
120
35
79
φ12
165 165 15
131 245 91.8 91.8
160 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 108
4-M10 Tap Depth 20
108
L
HCMA075-321U90∼150
T(B) 4
R
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 36.1
(39.1)
kg
Face mount type 0.75kW
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
30°
8
30°30°
92
10
79 75
φ158
38
237
20
5
145
30
°
169 169 11
φ12 244
138.6 Drain plug 80 80 Oil gauge 80 Oil gauge
4-M12 Tap Depth 24 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 4-M12 Tap Depth 24
184 104 104 104
■Outline dimensions
L
HCMA075-401U180∼200
T(B) 5
R
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 56.5
(59.5)
kg
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
75 75 75 75
30°
9
112
30°30°
14
22
φ158
79 75
270
46
30°
5.5
158
L
HCMA075-501U240∼300
T(B) 6
R
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 95
(98)
kg
φ60h7
100
φ60h7
φ60h7
100 100 100
30°
140
11
30° 0°
18
3
36
355
φ158
79 75
71
7
215
30
°
184
Face mount type 0.75kW CROISE MOTOR
Face mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 1607 {164 } 1362 {139 } 16983 { 1733 }
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 1980 {202 } 1676 {171 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
185 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA150-280U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 25
(30)
kg
416.5(470.5)
L T 310
R
230 230 230
333(387) 83.5 150 80 80 150
4-M10 Tap Depth 19 80 75 75 80
M10 Tap Depth 20 83 75 73 73 75
(PCD160, also applies to the other side) 73 73
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
° 70 70 70 70
8 55 55 55 55
35
80
35° 35°
10
(φ91)
(φ91)
(φ91)
(φ91)
200
70
35°
φ198
120
50
φ27 46 20
218(216) 20 68(66) 170
131
160 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8 4-M10 Tap Depth 20 91.8
110 110 110
L
CSMA150-321U40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 35
(40)
kg
438.5(492.5) L 233
T 308
R 233
344.5(398.5) 94 158 75 233 75 158
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 94 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 79 75 79 79 75 79
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side)
60 60 60 60
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
8
°
92
30° 30°
30
10
237
30°
20
80
φ198
5
145
65
31
L
HCMA150-321U40∼50 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 43.1
(48.1)
kg
504(558)
410(464) 94 L 233 T 308 R 233
2−M8 Tap Depth 16 115 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 158 75 233 75 158
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side) 79 75 79 79 75 79
°
8 60 60 60 60
30°
30
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
92
10
φ198
30°
237
38
20
145
5
3
0
°
φ27
229(227) 18 229(227) 18 71(69) 176
138.6 Drain plug
184 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 80 Oil gauge 80 Oil gauge
104 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 104 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 104
L
HCMA150-401U60∼120 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 63.5
(68.5)
kg
540(594)
426(480) 114 L 178
267
89 T 267
356
R 89
267
178
CROISE MOTOR
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 152 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent (PCD200、also applies to the other side)
90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
112
9
30°
°
30
14
22
30°
φ198
270
30 46
°
5.5
158
φ27
232(230) 6 232(230) 6 54(52) 184
173 Drain plug 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge
224 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124
180 180 180
L
HCMA150-501U150∼300 TR(B) 5
Face mount type 1.5kW
Reduction ratio : 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 103
(108)
kg
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
°
140
30°
30
11
18
36
30°
355
φ198
71
7
30
215
°
φ27
216.5 Drain plug 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge 4−M12 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge
280 154 154 154
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2489 {254 } 2097 {214 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2587 {264 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.
B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
187 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA220-321U10∼30 (B)
T 1
R
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 39
(44)
kg
L T R
467.5(521.5) 233 308 233
373.5(427.5) 94 158 75 233 75 158
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 94 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 79 75 79 79 75 79
Pressure vent (PCD160, also applies to the other side)
60 60 60 60
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
8 30°
92
°
30
10
237
30°
30°
80
20
φ198
5
145
65
31
φ27
138.6 Drain plug 222(220) 16 222(220) 16 64(62) 174
184 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 80 Oil gauge
104 104 104
L
CSMA220-401U40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 49
(54)
kg
90 90 90 90
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
30°
75 75 75 75
112
9
30°
30°
14
22
270
30°
100
5.5
158
φ198
58
38
φ27 54(52)
232(230) 6 232(230) 6 184
173 Drain plug 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge
224 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 124
L
HCMA220-401U40∼75 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 66.5
(71.5)
kg
569(623)
L 267
T R
356 267
455(509) 114 178 89 267 89 178
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 152 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side)
90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
30° 30°
9
112
°
° 46 30
22
14
CROISE MOTOR
270
φ198
5.5
158
30
φ27
232(230) 6 232(230) 6 54(52) 184
173 Drain plug 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge 100 Oil gauge
224 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124 4−M12 Tap Depth 24 124
180 180 180
L
HCMA220-501U90∼300
T(B) 4
R
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 106
(111)
kg
626(680)
L T R
Face mount type 2.2kW
φ60h7
140
φ60h7
φ60h7
30°
11
°
18
30
36
φ198
30°
71
355
7
215
30
°
φ27
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
※ ※ ※ ※
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※ ※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
Note 4) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
B C RD
number φA
(H8)
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting surface. Set the clearance
that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Nomenclature Technical Information
189 Page 14 Page 254
CROISE MOTOR
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA370-401U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 63
(71)
kg
561(635)
447(521) 114
L 178
267
89
T 267
356 R 89
267
178
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 115 4-M12 Tap Depth 24 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent (PCD200, also applies to the other side)
90 90 90 90
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
75 75 75 75
112
9
30°
30°
14
270
30°
22
30°
100
5.5
158
φ214
58
47
L
CSMA370-501U40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 99
(107)
kg
620(694)
476(550) 144 L 218
334
116 T 334
450
R 116
334
218
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 144 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 109 116 109 109 116 109
Pressure vent (PCD250, also applies to the other side)
φ60h7
φ60h7
100 100 100 100
140
11
30°
30°
18
36
30°
355
30°
125
7
215
φ214
90
15
L
HCMA370-501U40∼300 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 126, 157.5, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx.
L weight : 112
(119)
kg T R
676(750) 334 450 334
532(606)
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
°
30°
140
11
30
18
36
355
30°
71
φ214
CROISE MOTOR
7
215
30
°
φ27
267(268) 267(268) 49(50) 218
216.5 Drain plug 125 Oil gauge 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 125 Oil gauge 125 Oil gauge
4−M14 Tap Depth 28
280 4−M14 Tap Depth 28 154 154 154
190
Hollow shaft type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 enclosed managed 150%
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
HCM550 75 1/80 2 50 18.75 22.5 1891 {193 } 1764 {180 } 16980 { 1733 } 2
13 49 7.5 10 34
16 59.5 10 13 40.5
22 79 6.5 10 54
28 91 7 10 67
32 ─ −5 0 66
Cross-section X-O-Y
40 ─ −2 − 1 86
50 ─ −9 − 4 107
Note) φA dimension is protruded for a length of C from the housing mounting
surface. Set the clearance that the length C plus 1 mm or longer between
the mounting surface and the installation surface.
Hollow shaft type 5.5kW
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA550-501U10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 115
(127)
kg
683(781)
539(651) 144 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
L 218
334
116
T 334
450 R 116
334
218
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 144 (PCD250, also applies to the other side) 109 116 109 109 116 109
Pressure vent
120 120 120 120
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
100 100 100 100
140
11
30°
30°
18
36
355
30°
30°
125
7
215
φ252
90
36
L
HCM550-50U40∼100 TR -1 2
Reduction ratio : 41, 51.25, 80, 90, 100
※
(832)
2-M10 Tap Depth 20
2-M10 Tap Depth 20
L T R
※ 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
(688)
※ 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
(350) Pressure vent
PCD250 (also applies to the other side)
Pressure vent
(148)
(φ220)
Drain plug
Drain plug 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 4-M14 Tap Depth 28 4-M14 Tap Depth 28
4-M14 Tap De
CROISE MOTOR
Hollow shaft type 5.5kW
192
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.1kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 0.63/0.57/0.58 1420/1680/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.1kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.32/0.29/0.29) (1440/1740/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (IC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 76.0 { 7.8 } 65.0 { 6.6 } 3730 { 381 }
22 3
300 1/300 5 6 92.0 { 9.4 } 79.0 { 8.0 } 3730 { 381 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.1kW
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA010-130L10∼60 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 5.2
(6.7)
kg
262.5(279.5) 107 144 107
220(237) 42.5 L 35 72
35 37
T 72 72
37 35 35 37
R 72
37 35
35
46.5
M6 Tap Depth 12
36 36 36 36
φ18h7
φ18h7
φ18h7
φ18h7
30 30 30 30
6
37
6
67.5
φ140
35
3.5 137
100
9
9
※2
64 75 75 75
φ12
88 4-9 drill through 95 4-9 drill through 95 4-9 drill through 95
L
HCMA010-160L40∼200 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 10.7
(12.7)
kg
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
38 38 38
7.5
38
6
φ140
(φ59.5)
(φ59.5)
(φ59.5)
(φ59.5)
67.5
12
48
6
163
3.5
67
81
(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5)
115
67.5
φ12
11
11
11
84 105 105 105
106 4-9 drill through 127 4-9 drill through 127 4-9 drill through 127
L
HCMA010-220L240∼300 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 15.7
(17.7)
kg
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
M10 Tap Depth 20 60
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
50 50 50 50
7
(φ79)
(φ79)
(φ79)
(φ79)
64
φ140
67.5
8
26
CROISE MOTOR
205
4
67
67.5
φ12
14
14
14
194
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.2kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 1.2/1.1/1.1 1420/1700/1720 enclosed managed 150%
0.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (0.59/0.55/0.55) (1410/1690/1720) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
Reducer frame number
reduction steps
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 161.0 {16.4 } 138.0 {14.1 } 5150 { 526 }
28 5
300 1/300 5 6 195.0 {19.9 } 167.0 {17.0 } 5150 { 526 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.2kW
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA020-130L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 5.5
(7)
kg
262.5(279.5) 107 144 107
220(237) 42.5 L 35 72 T 72 72 R 72 35
M6 Tap Depth 12
46.5 35 37 37 35 35 37 37 35
φ18h7
φ18h7
φ18h7
36
φ18h7
36 36 36
6 30 30 30 30
37
6
67.5
φ140
35
3.5
137
100
65
67
81
(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5
※2
9
φ12 64 75 75 75
4-9 drill through 4-9 drill through 4-9 drill through
88 95 95 95
L
CSMA020-160L40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 6.5
(8)
kg
280(297) 130 176 130
230(247)
51
50 L 42 88
42 46
T 46
88
42 42
88
46
R 46
88
42
42
M8 Tap Depth 16
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
44 44 44 44
6 38 38 38 38
44
6
67.5
φ140
42
3.5
159
115
67
73
11
11
11
φ12
78 90 90 90
104 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114
L
HCMA020-160L40∼75 (B)
T
R
3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 12
(14)
kg
336(353) 149 206 149
286(303)
70
50 L 46 103
56 47 T 103 103
47 56 56 47 R 103
47 56
46
46 46 46 46
M8 Tap Depth 16 44
φ22h7
φ22h7
44 44 44
φ22h7
φ22h7
7.5
38 38 38 38
6
(φ59.5)
(φ59.5)
(φ59.5)
(φ59.5)
67.5
12
48
φ140
163
3.5
67
φ12
11
11
11
84 4-9 drill through 105 4-9 drill through 105 4-9 drill through 105
106 127 127 127
L
HCMA020-220L90∼200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 16
(18)
kg
365(382) 190 260 190
130
299(316) L 60 130
T 130
R 130 60
CROISE MOTOR
66
83 66.5 63.5 63.5 66.5 66.5 63.5 63.5 66.5
60 60 60 60 60 60 60
60
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
50 50 50 50
7
64
(φ79)
(φ79)
(φ79)
(φ79)
67.5
φ140
8
26
205
4
141
67
φ12
14
14
110 4-11 drill through 140 4-11 drill through 140 4-11 drill through 140
136 166 166 166
L
HCMA020-280L240∼300 TR(B) 5
Foot mount type 0.2kW
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
55 55 55 55
8
(φ91)
(φ91)
80
( φ91)
(φ91)
10
67 67.5
φ140
28
245
5
81(104.5) 81(104.5) 81(104.5)
165
φ12
15
15
15
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.3/2.0/2.0 1380/1650/1680 enclosed managed 150%
0.4kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.2/1.0/1.0) (1390/1670/1700) type type over
type
(IP44)(JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 337 {34.4} 288 {29.4} 9760 { 996 }
32 5
300 1/300 5 6 362 {37.0} 349 {35.6} 9760 { 996 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 2) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.4kW
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA040-160L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 7.5
(8.5)
kg
M8 Tap Depth 16
φ22h7
44 44 44 44
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
6
38 38 38 38
44
6
67
42
3.5
159
115
φ140
67.5
73
81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5 81(104.5) 67.5
11
11
11
φ12 78 90 90 90
104 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114
L
CSMA040-220L40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 10
(11)
kg
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
7 50 50 50 50
59
8
4
67
56
197
φ140
138
67.5
14
14
φ12
95 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114
127 140 140 140
L
HCMA040-220L40∼75 TR 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 17
(19)
kg
φ28h7
(φ79) φ28h7
φ28h7
50 50 50 50
7
64
(φ79)
(φ79)
8
67.5
φ140
26
205
4
67
141
14
14
L
HCMA040-280L90∼200 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200 Approx. weight : 27
(29)
kg
230 310 230
410(427)
L 75 155 T 155 155 R 155 75
CROISE MOTOR
327(344) 83 82 73 73 82 82 73 73 82
103 75 70 70 75 75 70 70 75
M10 Tap Depth 20
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
55 55 55 55
8
80
(φ91)
(φ91)
(φ91)
10
(φ91)
67 67.5
φ140
28
245
5
81
(104.5) 81
(104.5) 81
(104.5)
165
φ12
15
15
15
L
HCMA040-321L240∼300 (B)
T
R
5
Foot mount type 0.4kW
Pressure vent 60 60 60 60
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
8
92
10
67 67.5
φ140
38
20
275
5
183
16
16
Drain lump
160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160
196 196 196 196
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 2.9/2.6/2.5 1380/1650/1690 enclosed managed 100%
0.55kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (1.45/1.3/1.3) (1380/1650/1690) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 484 {49.4} 414 {42.2} 12210 { 1246 }
40 6
300 1/300 5 6 587 {59.9} 501 {51.1} 12210 { 1246 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.55kW
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA055-160L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 9
(10)
kg
φ22h7
44 44 44 44
φ22h7
φ22h7
φ22h7
6 38 38 38 38
44
6
67
42
3.5
159
115
φ140
67.5
73
11
11
11
φ12
78 4-11 drill through 90 4-11 drill through 90 4-11 drill through 90
104 114 114 114
L
CSMA055-220L40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 11.5
(12.5)
kg
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
M10 Tap Depth 20 7 50 50 50 50
59
8
4
67
56
197
φ140
138
67.5
82
14
14
φ12
95 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114
127 140 140 140
L
HCMA055-220L40∼50 (B)
T 3
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 19
(21)
kg
60
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
50 50 50 50
7
64
(φ79)
(φ79)
(φ79)
(φ79)
8
67.5
φ140
26
CROISE MOTOR
205
4
67
141
φ12
14
14
14
L
HCMA055-280L60∼150 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 28
(30)
kg
Foot mount type 0.55kW
55 55 55 55
8
80
(φ91)
(φ91)
10
(φ91)
(φ91)
67.5
φ140
28
245
5
67
81
(104.5) 81
(104.5) 81
(104.5)
165
φ12
15
15
15
■Outline dimensions
L
HCMA055-321L180∼200 TR(B) 5
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 37
(39)
kg
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
8
92
10
φ140
67 67.5
38
275
20
5
183
81
(104.5) 81
(104.5) 81(104.5)
φ12 Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge
16
16
16
160 Drain plug 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160
196 196 196 196
L
HCMA055-401L240∼300 TR(B) 6
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 57
(59)
kg
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
9
112
14
22
φ140
67 67.5
46
317
18
18
190 Drain plug 190 190 190
230 4-17 drill through 230 4-17 drill through 230 4-17 drill through 230
202
Foot mount type 0.55kW CROISE MOTOR
Foot mount type Three-phase 0.75kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 3.8/3.4/3.4 1410/1690/1710 enclosed managed 150%
0.75kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class E excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (2.0/1.7/1.7) (1410/1690/1710) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/240 6.3 7.5 673 { 68.7} 576 { 58.8} 16980 { 1733 }
50 6
300 1/300 5 6 815 { 83.2} 697 { 71.1} 16980 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 0.75kW
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA075-220L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 12
(14)
kg
330.5(357.5) 165 230 165
268.5(295.5)
69.5
62 L 50
50
115
65
T 65
115
50 50
115
65
R 65
115
50
50
M10 Tap Depth 20
60 60 60 60
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
φ28h7
7 50 50 50 50
59
8
4
75
φ158
56
197
138
79
82
90
(113.5) 75 90(113.5) 75 90
(113.5) 75
14
14
14
φ12
95 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114 4-11 drill through 114
127 140 140 140
L
CSMA075-280L40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 20
(24)
kg
374(401) 230 310 230
290.5(307.5)
M10 Tap Depth 20 83
83.5 L 75
75
155
73 φ35h7
T 73
155
75 75
155
73
R 73
155
75
75
φ35h7
φ35h7
70 70 70 70
φ35h7
8 55 55 55 55
80
10
φ158
75
70
245
5
165
79
95
90
(113.5) 75 90(113.5) 75 90(113.5) 75
15
15
15
φ12
136 4-15 drill through 170 4-15 drill through 170 4-15 drill through 170
170 204 204 204
L
HCMA075-280L40∼75 (B)
T 3
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 29
(32)
kg
422(449) 230 310 230
339(366) 83 75 155 155 155 155 75
M10 Tap Depth 20
103 L 82 73 T 73 82 82 73 R 73 82
75 70 70 75 75 70 70 75
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
55 55 55 55
8
80
(φ91)
(φ91)
10
(φ91)
(φ91)
75
φ158
28
245
CROISE MOTOR
79
90
(113.5) 90(113.5) 90(113.5)
165
φ12
15
15
15
136 4-15 drill through 170 4-15 drill through 170 4-15 drill through 170
170 204 204 204
L
HCMA075-321L90∼150
T(B) 4
R
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150 Approx. weight : 38
(41)
kg
445(472) 233 308 233
Foot mount type 0.75kW
351(378)
2-M8 Tap Depth 16 115
94
L 79
79
154
75 T 75
154
79 79
154
75 R 75
154
79
79
Pressure vent
60 60 60 60
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
8
92
10
φ158
75
38
20
275
5
79
183
16
16
Drain plug
160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160 4-15 drill through 160
196 196 196 196
■Outline dimensions
L
HCMA075-401L180∼200
T(B) 5
R
Reduction ratio : 180, 200 Approx. weight : 60
(63)
kg
512(539) 267 356 267
398(425)
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 152
114
L 89
89
178
89 T 89
178
89 89
178
89 R 89
178
89
89
89
90 90 90 90
Pressure vent 75 75 75 75
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
9
112
14
22
φ158
75
46
317
205
18
18
190 Drain plug 190 190 190
230 4-17 drill through 230 4-17 drill through 230 4-17 drill through 230
L
HCMA075-501L240∼300
T(B) 6
R
Reduction ratio : 240, 300 Approx. weight : 102
(105)
kg
569(596) 334 450 334
425(452) 144 109 225 225 225 225 109
2-M10 Tap Depth 20 L 109 116 T 116 109 109 116 R 116 109
Pressure vent 120 120 120 120
100 100 100 100
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
140
11
18
36
φ158
71
79 75
410
7
270
22
22
22
206
Foot mount type 0.75kW CROISE MOTOR
Foot mount type Three-phase 1.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling Rated
Output V A r/min Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method current
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 7.0/6.2/6.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
1.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (3.5/3.1/3.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 1607 {164 } 1362 {139 } 16983 { 1733 }
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 1980 {202 } 1676 {171 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Foot mount type 1.5kW
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA150-280L10∼30 (B)
T
R
1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 26
(31)
kg
416.5(470.5) L 230
T 310
R 230
333(387) 83 75 155 155 155 155 75
75 73 73 75 75 73 73 75
83.5
M10 Tap Depth 20
70 70 70 70
55 55 55
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
φ35h7
80
8 55
10
φ198
70
245
5
142.5 95 95 95
165 (140.5) 142.5(140.5) 142.5(140.5)
95
15
15
15
2
2
φ27 136
4-φ15 bore 170 4-φ15 bore 170 4-φ15 bore 170
170 204 204 204
L
CSMA150-321L40∼60 (B)
T
R
2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 37
(42)
kg
438.5(492.5) 233 308 233
344.5(398.5)
3−M8 Tap Depth 16 94
94 L 79
79
154
75
T 75
154
79 79
154
75
R 75
154
79
79
Pressure vent
60 60 60 60
8
92
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
20
10
275
80
183
5
143 95 143 95 143 95
103
16
16
φ27
160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160
196 Drain plug 196 196 196
L
HCMA150-321L40∼50 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50 Approx. weight : 45
(50)
kg
φ38h7
φ38h7
8
92
10
38
φ198
20
275
5
150(148)
183
97 71(69) 176
Oil gauge
229(227) Oil gauge
16
16
16
18 Oil gauge
φ27
160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160
196 Drain plug 196 196 196
L
HCMA150-401L60∼120 TR(B) 4
Reduction ratio : 60, 75, 90, 100, 120 Approx. weight : 67
(72)
kg
540(594)
L 267
T 356
R 267
CROISE MOTOR
426(480) 114 89 178 178 178 178 89
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 152 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent 90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
9
112
22
14
φ198
46
317
5.5
143
205
18
φ27
Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge
190 Drain plug 190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190
230 4-φ17 bore 230 230 230
L
HCMA150-501L150∼300 TR(B) 5
Foot mount type 1.5kW
Reduction ratio : 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 111
(116)
kg
597(651) 334 450 334
453(507) 144 109 225 225 225 225 109
2−M10 Tap Depth 20
Pressure vent
L 109 116
120
T 116
120
109 109 116
120
R 116
120
109
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
140
11
18
36
71
φ198
410
7
270
22
22
238 Drain plug 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238
286 286 286 286
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 9.8/8.9/8.5 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
2.2kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class B
phase (400/400/440) (4.9/4.5/4.3) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2489 {254 } 2097 {214 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2587 {264 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.
Foot mount type 2.2kW
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA220-321L10∼30 T(B) 1
R
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 41
(46)
kg
467.5(521.5)
L 233
T 308
R 233
373.5(427.5) 79 154 154 154 154 79
2−M8 Tap Depth 16 94 79 75 75 79 79 75 75 79
Pressure vent 94
60 60 60 60
8
φ38h7
φ38h7
φ38h7
92
φ38h7
20
10
φ198
275
80
5
183
16
16
φ27
160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160 4-φ15 bore 160
196 Drain plug 196 196 196
L
CSMA220-401L40∼60 TR(B) 2
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 53
(58)
kg
508.5(562.5) 267 356 267
394.5(448.5)
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 115
114
L 89
89
178
89 T 89
178
89 89
178
89 R 89
178
89
89
Pressure vent
90 90 90 90
9 75 75 75 75
112
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
14
22
317
φ198
100
18
18
φ27
190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190
230 Drain plug 230 230 230
L
HCMA220-401L40∼75 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight : 70
(75)
kg
L T R
569(623) 267 356 267
455(509) 114 89 178 178 178 178 89
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 152 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent 90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
9
112
14
22
CROISE MOTOR
46
φ198
317
5.5
205
18
18
190 Drain plug 190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190
230 4-φ17 bore 230 230 230
L
HCMA220-501L90∼300
T(B) 4
R
Reduction ratio : 90, 100, 120, 150, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 114
(119)
kg
Foot mount type 2.2kW
626(680)
428(536) 144
L 109
334
225
T 225
450
225
R 225
334
109
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 109 116 116 109 109 116 116 109
Pressure vent 120 120 120 120
100 100 100 100
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
140
11
18
36
71
φ198
410
7
270
22
22
238 Drain plug 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238
286 286 286 286
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 16.0/14.8/14.0 1420/1710/1730 enclosed managed Class E 150%
3.7kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (8.0/7.4/7.0) (1420/1710/1730) type type (Class B) over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
※ ※
240 1/252 5.95 7.14 2607 {266 } ※2607 ※{266 } 16983 { 1733 }
※ ※ ※ ※
300 1/315 4.76 5.71 2607 {266 } 2607 {266 } 16983 { 1733 }
Note 1) The actual reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution rate should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Allowable O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
Note 4) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque is limited.
Foot mount type 3.7kW
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA370-401L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 67
(75)
kg
561(635)
447(521) 114 L 89
267
178
T 178
356
178
R 178
267
89
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 115 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89
Pressure vent
90 90 90 90
75 75 75 75
9
112
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
φ45h7
22
14
317
φ214
18
18
1
1
φ27
190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190 4-φ17 bore 190
230 Drain plug 230 230 230
L
CSMA370-501L40∼60 (B)
T 2
R
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60 Approx. weight : 105
(113)
kg
620(694)
476(550) 144
L 109
334
225
T 225
450
225
R 225
334
109
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 144 109 116 116 109 109 116 116 109
Pressure vent
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
18
36
125
410
φ214
φ27
22
22
22
Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge
238 Drain plug 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238
286 286 286 286
L
HCMA370-501L40∼300 TR(B) 3
Reduction ratio : 40, 50, 60, 75, 90, 100, 126, 157.5, 180, 200, 252, 315 Approx. weight : 120
(127)
kg
L T R
676(750) 334 450 334
532(606) 144 109 225 225 225 225 109
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
140
11
18
36
71
φ214
CROISE MOTOR
410
7
270
φ27
22
Oil gauge
22
238 Drain plug 238 4−φ19 bore 238 4−φ19 bore 238
286 4−φ19 bore
286 286 286
212
Foot mount type Three-phase 5.5kW Non-brake type, Brake type
■Specification chart
Brake
Voltage Rated current Rated revolution
Number Number Frequency Protection Cooling
Output V A r/min Rating Insulation Rated
of phases of poles Hz type method
50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz Type torque of Insulation
motor torque
Totally Self
Non-
Three- 200/200/220 23.8/21.0/20.0 1430/1730/1740 enclosed managed 150%
5.5kW 4 50/60/60 Continuous Class B excitation Class E
phase (400/400/440) (11.9/10.5/10.0) (1430/1730/1740) type type over
type
(IP44) (JC411)
Note 1) The values in parentheses under "Rated current" and "Rated revolution" are for 400/400/440V.
Note 2) The protective construction for the Brake-type is IP20.
reduction steps
Reducer frame number
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number
Number of
HCM550 75 1/80 2 50 18.75 22.5 1891 {193 } 1764 {180 } 16980 { 1733 } 2
■Outline dimensions
L
CSMA550-501L10∼30 TR(B) 1
Reduction ratio : 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight : 121
(133)
kg
683(781)
539(651) 144
L 109
334
225
T 225
450
225
R 225
334
109
2−M10 Tap Depth 20 144 109 116 116 109 109 116 116 109
Pressure vent
140
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
φ60h7
36
18
125
410
φ252
22
22
22
Oil gauge Oil gauge Oil gauge
φ35
238 Drain plug 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238 4-φ19 bore 238
286 286 286 286
L
HCM550-50L40∼100 TR(B)
-1 2
Reduction ratio : 41, 51.25, 80, 90, 100
2−M10 Tap Depth 20
Pressure vent
PCD250 (also applies to the other side) L T R
Drain plug 4-19 drill through 4-19 drill through 4-19 drill through
CROISE MOTOR
Foot mount type 5.5kW
214
Notes
215
Nomenclature, Standard specifications
■Model number
GEAR MOTOR MINI series
G M M T 6 0 F 5 0 B‐W
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
■Specifications
Output Three-phase : 40、60、90W Single-phase : 40、60、90W
Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz 100V 50/60Hz
Number of poles 4 4
Protection type Totally-enclosed type(IP30) Totally-enclosed type (90W is totally-enclosed fan-cooled type) (IP30)
Motor
■Motor specifications
Number Number Frequency Voltage Rated revolution Rated current Starting torque N・m {kgf・m}
Output
of phases of poles Hz V r/min A (Nominal torque ratio %)
0.54/0.38/0.48 {0.055/0.039/0.049}
40W 1375/1648/1684 0.33/0.30/0.30
(194/165/212)
Three- 0.83/0.62/0.75 {0.085/0.063/0.076}
60W 4 50/60/60 200/200/220 1321/1598/1622 0.45/0.40/0.42
phase (192/172/211)
1.13/0.87/1.01 {0.115/0.089/0.103}
90W 1313/1586/1622 0.60/0.55/0.55
(172/161/191)
0.21/0.21 {0.022/0.022}
40W 1411/1711 0.89/0.82
(79.7/96.6)
Single- 0.25/0.25 {0.026/0.025}
60W 4 50/60 100 1293/1625 1.17/1.06
phase (57.5/69.5)
0.40/0.40 {0.041/0.041}
90W 1274/1614 1.73/1.60
(59.6/75.5)
219
GEAR MOTOR MINI series
■Specification chart
Specification chart
40 1/40 37.5 45 8.62 {0.88} 7.25 {0.74} 735 { 75}
40 1 3
50 1/50 30 36 10.8 {1.10} 9.02 {0.92} 735 { 75}
GMM
60 1/60 25 30 12.9 {1.32} 10.8 {1.10} 735 { 75}
S40
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 17.3 {1.77} 14.4 {1.47} 735 { 75}
100 1/100 3 15 18 21.7 {2.21} 18.0 {1.84} 735 { 75}
120 1/120 12.5 15 26.0 {2.65} 21.7 {2.21} 735 { 75}
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 34.6 {3.53} 28.8 {2.94} 1370 {140} 221 221
200 1/200 7.5 9 43.3 {4.42} 36.1 {3.68} 1370 {140} | |
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 51.9 {5.30} 43.3 {4.42} 1370 {140} 2 4
220
Flange type Three-phase, Single-phase 40W GEAR MOTOR MINI series
■Motor specifications
GEAR MOTOR MINI series
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio %) method
Three- 0.54/0.38/0.48{0.055/0.039/0.049} Totally Self
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.33/0.30/0.30 1375/1648/1648 Non-
phase (194/165/212) enclosed cooled
40W Continuous Class E excitation
Single- 0.21/0.21{0.022/0.022} type type
type
4 50/60 100 0.89/0.82 1411/1711 (IP30)(IC410)
phase (79.7/96.6)
■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor Drawing number of 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. kg・m
number output outline dimensions
Flange type 40W
Brake-type 4 -4
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 51.9 {5.30} 43.3 {4.42} 1370 {140} {8.37×10 }
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, Approx. weight : Three-phase 3.8kg Reduction ratio : 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.4kg
40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120 Single-phase 4.0kg Single-phase 4.6kg
■Motor specifications
■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor Drawing number of 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. kg・m
number output outline dimensions
Brake-type 4 -4
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 ※64.9 ※{6.62} ※ 54.1 ※{5.52} 1370 {140} {7.83×10 }
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
Note) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262. Nomenclature Technical Information
Page 219 Page 254 222
Flange type Three-phase, Single-phase 90W
■Motor specifications
GEAR MOTOR MINI series
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio %) method
Three- 1.13/0.87/1.01{0.115/0.089/0.103} Totally enclosed type Self cooled type Non-excitation
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.60/0.55/0.55 1313/1586/1622
phase (172/161/191) (IP30)(IC410) type
90W Continuous Class E
Single 0.40/0.40{0.041/0.041} Total y-enclosed fan-cooled Self managed type
4 50/60 100 1.73/1.60 1274/1614 ─
phase (59.6/75.5) type(IP30)(IC411)
■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor Drawing number of 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. kg・m
number output outline dimensions
Flange type 90W
Note) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262.
224
Nomenclature, Standard specifications
■Model number
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
H M M T 6 0 L 5 0 L B‐W
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧
■Specifications
Output Three-phase : 40、60、90W Single-phase : 40、60、90W
Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz 100V 50/60Hz
Number of poles 4 4
Protection type Totally-enclosed type(IP30) Totally-enclosed type (90W is totally-enclosed fan-cooled type) (IP30)
Motor
■Motor specifications
Number Number Frequency Voltage Rated revolution Rated current Starting torque N・m {kgf・m}
Output
of phases of poles Hz V r/min A (Nominal torque ratio %)
0.54/0.38/0.48 {0.055/0.039/0.049}
40W 1375/1648/1684 0.33/0.30/0.30
(194/165/212)
Three- 0.83/0.62/0.75 {0.085/0.063/0.076}
60W 4 50/60/60 200/200/220 1321/1598/1622 0.45/0.40/0.42
phase (192/172/211)
1.13/0.87/1.01 {0.115/0.089/0.103}
90W 1313/1586/1622 0.60/0.55/0.55
(172/161/191)
0.21/0.21 {0.022/0.022}
40W 1411/1711 0.89/0.82
(79.7/96.6)
Single- 0.25/0.25 {0.026/0.025}
60W 4 50/60 100 1293/1625 1.17/1.06
phase (57.5/69.5)
0.40/0.40 {0.041/0.041}
90W 1274/1614 1.73/1.60
(59.6/75.5)
225
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
■Specification chart
Specification chart
40 40 1/40 37.5 45 8.13 {0.83} 6.76 {0.69} 784 { 80}
50 W 1/50 30 36 10.2 {1.04} 8.43 {0.86} 882 { 90}
HMM Brake-type Brake-type Brake-type
60 1/60 25 30 12.2 {1.24} 10.2 {1.04} 882 { 90}
S40 228 228 228
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 15.5 {1.58} 12.8 {1.31} 980 {100}
| | |
100 1/100 15 18 19.3 {1.97} 16.1 {1.64} 980 {100}
2 4 6
120 1/120 12.5 15 23.1 {2.36} 19.3 {1.97} 1080 {110}
3
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 30.9 {3.15} 25.8 {2.63} 1370 {140}
200 1/200 7.5 9 38.6 {3.94} 32.1 {3.28} 1370 {140}
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 46.4 {4.73} 38.6 {3.94} 1370 {140}
5 1/5 300 360 1.57 {0.16} 1.27 {0.13} 255 { 26}
8 1/8 187.5 225 2.45 {0.25} 2.06 {0.21} 353 { 36}
10 1/10 150 180 3.04 {0.31} 2.55 {0.26} 441 { 45}
15 1/15 100 120 4.61 {0.47} 3.82 {0.39} 588 { 60} Non-brake Non-brake Non-brake
20 1/20 75 90 6.08 {0.62} 5.10 {0.52} 735 { 75} 230 230 229
2
25 1/25 60 72 7.64 {0.78} 6.37 {0.65} 882 { 90} | | |
HMM
30 1/30 50 60 9.11 {0.93} 7.64 {0.78} 980 {100} 1 3 5
T60
40 60 1/40 37.5 45 12.2 {1.24} 10.2 {1.04} 1080 {110}
50 W 1/50 30 36 15.2 {1.55} 12.7 {1.30} 1180 {120}
HMM Brake-type Brake-type Brake-type
60 1/60 25 30 18.3 {1.87} 15.2 {1.55} 1180 {120}
S60 230 230 230
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 23.1 {2.36} 19.3 {1.97} 1760 {180} | | |
100 1/100 15 18 28.9 {2.95} 24.1 {2.46} 1760 {180}
2 4 6
120 1/120 12.5 15 34.7 {3.54} 28.9 {2.95} 1760 {180}
3
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 46.4 {4.73} 38.6 {3.94} 1760 {180}
200 1/200 7.5 9 57.9 {5.91} 48.2 {4.92} 1760 {180}
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 69.5 {7.09} 57.9 {5.91} 1760 {180}
5 1/5 300 360 2.25 {0.23} 1.86 {0.19} 255 { 26}
8 1/8 187.5 225 3.63 {0.37} 3.04 {0.31} 353 { 36}
10 1/10 150 180 4.61 {0.47} 3.82 {0.39} 441 { 45}
15 1/15 100 120 6.86 {0.70} 5.68 {0.58} 588 { 60} Non-brake Non-brake Non-brake
20 1/20 75 90 9.11 {0.93} 7.64 {0.78} 735 { 75} 232− 1 232− 4 233− 7
2 232− 3 231− 6 233− 9
25 1/25 60 72 11.5 {1.17} 9.51 {0.97} 882 { 90}
HMM
30 1/30 50 60 13.7 {1.40} 11.5 {1.17} 980 {100}
T90
40 90 1/40 37.5 45 18.3 {1.87} 15.2 {1.55} 1080 {110}
50 W 1/50 30 36 22.8 {2.33} 19.0 {1.94} 1180 {120}
HMM Brake-type Brake-type Brake-type
60 1/60 25 30 27.4 {2.80} 22.8 {2.33} 1180 {120} 232 232 233
S90
80 1/80 18.8 22.5 34.7 {3.54} 28.9 {2.95} 1760 {180} | | |
100 1/100 15 18 43.4 {4.43} 36.2 {3.69} 1760 {180} 2 5 8
120 1/120 12.5 15 52.1 {5.32} 43.4 {4.43} 1760 {180}
3
160 1/160 9.4 11.3 69.5 {7.09} 57.9 {5.91} 1760 {180}
200 1/200 7.5 9 86.8 {8.86} 72.3 {7.38} 1760 {180}
240 1/240 6.2 7.5 104 {10.6} 86.8 {8.86} 1760 {180}
Note 1) The reduction ratio shown here is the actual reduction ratio. (They are all integer ratios.)
Note 2) The output shaft revolution rate is calculated by dividing the synchronous motor revolution rate by the reduction ratio.
The actual revolution speed should be calculated from the rated revolution speed of the motor (page 225).
Note 3) For output shaft arrangement "T" where torque is applied to both shafts, the sum of both torques should be equal to or
less than the value shown in the table above.
Also, O.H.L. on one shaft should be equal to or less than 1/2 of the value shown in the table above.
226
Hollow shaft type, face mount type, foot mount Three-phase, Single-phase 40W
■Motor specifications
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio) method
Three- 0.54/0.38/0.48{0.055/0.039/0.049} Totally Self
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.33/0.30/0.30 1375/1648/1648 Non-
phase (194/165/212) enclosed cooled
40W Continuous Class E excitation
Single 0.21/0.21{0.022/0.022} type type
type
4 50/60 100 0.89/0.82 1411/1711 (IP30)(IC410)
phase (79.7/96.6)
■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number of Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. outline dimensions kg・m
number output
ratio steps 2
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type {GD2 kgf・m }
40W
4.5
48
21
31
Applied motor 40W: Capacity 15 μF, resistance voltage 220V
HMM TS 40H5∼240B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.5kg Single-phase 4.7kg 2
40W
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Mounting surface Shaft length 78 1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface
HMM TS 40U5∼240 ST B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 4.8kg Single-phase 5.0kg 4
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240
L
HMM TS 40L5∼240 TR B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 5.1kg Single-phase 5.3kg 6
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240
Note 1) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262. 228
Hollow shaft type, face mount type, foot mount Three-phase, Single-phase 60W
■Motor specifications
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio) method
Three- 0.83/0.62/0.75{0.085/0.063/0.076} Totally Self
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.45/0.40/0.42 1321/1598/1622 Non-
phase (192/172/211) enclosed cooled
60W Continuous Class E excitation
Single 0.25/0.25{0.026/0.026} type type
type
4 50/60 100 1.17/1.06 1293/11625 (IP30)(IC410)
phase (57.5/69.5)
■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number of Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. outline dimensions kg・m
number output
ratio steps 2
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type {GD2 kgf・m }
60W
4.5
59
23
33
Applied motor 60W: Capacity 18 μF, resistance voltage 220V
HMM TS 60H5∼240B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 5.7kg Single-phase 6.7kg 2
60W
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Shaft length 88 1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface
Mounting surface
Details of hollow output shaft 4-M6 bolt through-hole φ48H8 DEPTH 4
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP
HMM TS 60U5∼240 ST B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 6.2kg Single-phase 7.2kg 4
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240
L
HMM TS 60L5∼240 TR B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 6.5kg Single-phase 7.5kg 6
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240
Note 1) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262. 230
Hollow shaft type, face mount type, foot mount Three-phase, Single-phase 90W
■Motor specifications
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
Number Number Voltage Rated current Rated revolution Starting torque Brake
Frequency Protection Cooling
Output of of V A r/min N・m {kgf・m} Rating Insulation actuating
Hz type method
phases poles 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz 50/60/60Hz (Nominal torque ratio) method
Three- 0.83/0.62/0.75{0.085/0.063/0.076} Totally Self
4 50/60/60 200/200/220 0.45/0.40/0.42 1321/1598/1622 Non-
phase (192/172/211) enclosed cooled
90W Continuous Class E excitation
Single 0.25/0.25{0.026/0.026} type type
type
4 50/60 100 1.17/1.06 1293/11625 (IP30)(IC410)
phase (57.5/69.5)
■Specification chart
Output shaft Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Drawing number of Moment of inertia
Actual Number of revolution
Model Motor 2
reduction reduction r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. outline dimensions kg・m
number output
ratio steps 2
50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Hollow shaft type Face mount type Foot mount type {GD2 kgf・m }
90W
4.5
59
28
38
Applied motor 90W: Capacity 27 μF, resistance voltage 220V
HMMS90U5∼240 ST Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Single-phase 6.5kg 6
Single-phase non-brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240
HMMT90H5∼240B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 6.2kg 2
90W
Three-phase brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Shaft length 88 1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface
Mounting surface
Details of hollow output shaft 4-M6 bolt through-hole φ48H8 DEPTH 4
Opposite side: M8 TAP 16 DEEP
HMMT90H5∼240 Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : 6.0kg 3
Single-phase non-brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
Shaft length 88
Mounting surface
1/80 ∼ 1/240
Mounting surface
HMMT90U5∼240 ST B Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 6.7kg 5
Three-phase brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240
Note 1) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262. 232
Hollow shaft type, face mount type, foot mount HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
L
HMMT90L5∼240 TR Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Three-phase 7.0kg 8
90W
L
HMMS90L5∼240 TR Reduction ratio : 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240 Approx. weight : Single-phase 6.8kg 9
Single-phase non-brake type
1/5 ∼ 1/60 、
1/80 ∼ 1/240
Note 1) For output shaft arrangement "T" the phase of the right and left output shaft key way are not necessarily aligned precisely.
Note 2) The direction of rotation of the output shaft is applied in case of rotating direction A of page 262.
■Operating principle
Clutch armature
Brake armature
1. Stopping Motor Clutch rotor
Brake coil
Clutch coil Hub
Motor ON or OFF
Clutch OFF
Brake OFF
Gap Gap
2. Clutching
Motor ON
Clutch ON
Brake OFF
3. Braking
Motor ON
Clutch OFF
Suction
■Structure
6 7 4 3 2 12
■ GMTA040-24L25CB
1 . Motor
2 . L case
3 . M bracket
4 . Housing
5 . Motor flange
6 . Clutch
7 . Brake
8 . Motor shaft
9 . Pinion with input shaft
10. First stage wheel
11. Pinion with the second shaft
12. Wheel with output shaft
1 8 5 9 10 11
236
Nomenclature, Model lineup
■Model number
GMTA010-28L200CB□□
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
① Product series name GMTA Motorized type Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number)
② Motor capacity (example) 010 Three-phase 0.1 kW A combination of different supplementary codes Is optional.
③ Frame number (example) 28 Frame number 28 (Note 1)
④ Mounting type L Foot mount type Terminal box position
U Face mount type P2: 180°swing
F Flange mount type Paint color (standard color: Munsell 2.5G6/3)
C0: Light gray (Munsell N7.5)
⑤ Reduction ratio (example) 200 1/200
C1: Light silver metallic
⑥ Specification code CB Clutch brake type C2: Ivory white (Munsell 7.5Y9/1)
⑦ Option code 1. Z Inverter motor type C3: Dark silver metallic
(Order of priority) 2. V 400V class (400/400/440V 50/60/60 Hz)
3. V1 380V50Hz Terminal box position codes
4. V2 380V60Hz
5. V3 415V50Hz Standard type P2
6. V4
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
460V60Hz
Note 1) Refer to the specification chart and outside dimension diagram for the frame number.
■Model lineup
Foot mount type
5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200
3.7kW 50L
3.7kW 50F
237
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
■ Specifications
Output Three-phase:0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7kW
Pole number 4
Starting method −
Rating Continuous
Insulation class E
■Clutch/Brake specifications
Type Dry-type single plate friction type
Insulation Class B
Lining No asbestos
238
Technical data
Specifications
Capacity Recommended Varistor for
Model Model number Function Specifications
W CB gear motor discharge circuit
GMTA010
DMP-10/24 10 GMTA020 Z15D151
GMTA040
DMP type
Power supply box Commutation only
GMTA075
DMP-20/24A 20 GMTA150 Z15D151
GMTA220
Cover Case
Caution nameplate
Product nameplate
Diode
Fuse
Fuse base
Terminal block
Terminal indication nameplate
Technical data
Rubber bush
Cover
Case
Cover
Caution nameplate
Case
Product nameplate
Product
Diode nameplate
Fuse
Input AC100/110V
Fuse base
Input AC200/220V
239
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
1. CB GEAR MOTOR wiring 2. Circuit example when the standard power supply box (DMP type) is used.
Operating voltage of the clutch/brake is DC24V. Therefore, use the DC
power supply box that converts commercial AC power supply to the specified
DC24V and connect as shown in the following figure (reference drawing).
Tr : Transformer
DC24V
V : Varistor
MB : Electromagnetic brake
PB 1,PB 2:Push-button switch
AC200V(AC220V) Rf : Silicone rectifier
CL : Electromagnetic clutch
3. Discharge circuit
V:Varistor
When operating the switch at the DC side by using the standard power supply box (DMP type),
use the varistor attached to the CB gear motor to create the discharge circuit for prevention
of switch protection and insulation breakdown prevention of the electromagnetic clutch brake. V V
When the standard controller (TMP type) is used, the discharge circuit is integrated. Therefore,
the above operation is not necessary.
Technical data
4. Power supply capacity
The power supply capacity of the electromagnetic clutch/brake should be 130% or higher of the clutch/brake consumption power.
In addition, when more than two CB gear motors are used, the capacity should be 130% or higher of the sum of all CB gear motors.
240
Technical data GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
The standard product cannot be used in an outdoor place where it will be exposed to For a motor, it is possible to cope with variable voltage and double
water or an indoor place where there is lots of dust or oil milt, because the clutch/brake voltage at the time of purchase or through rewinding. For the power
part is of open type. For such uses, a totally-enclosed type clutch/brake is required. supply box for a clutch/brake, because it is for AC100/200V, a
For more information, contact our company. 100V instrumentation power supply should be used.
● Operation by inverter ● Explosion-proof type
241
Selection GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
■Selection
1. Selecting procedure
¡When making a selection based on the torque and revolution, select a model number according to the gear motor.
The allowable inertia ratio, clutch/brake clutching work, and life span are described here.
1. Conditions (1)Output shaft revolution speed nL and frequency Hz
(2)Load torque on motor shaft Tℓ
2
(3)Load on motor shaft GDℓ (moment of inertia)
(4)GDM2 of motor
(5)Starting frequency per minute N(Maximum frequency: 60 times/min.)
(6) Method of coupling to load
Correction factor by the coupling method(
:UF)
2. Selection of model(1)Calculate the corrected inertia ratio(U). Method of coupling to load UF
GDℓ2×UF Direct coupling, etc. that causes no shake 1.0
U= GD 2M Chain transmission, etc. that causes shake 1.5
(2)Make sure that the corrected inertia ratio (U) of the
motor to be used does not exceed the allowable inertia ratio (Umax). Allowable inertia ratio(
:Umax)
* If it exceeds the allowable inertia ratio, please contact our company. Reduction ratio Umax
(3)While referring to the clutch/brake selection diagram on page 10, select a suitable motor 1/30 or lower 1.0
capacity to allow for the load torque on the motor shaft and GD2 on the motor shaft. 1/40∼1/50 0.5
Selection
1. Conditions 1. Conditions
(1)Output shaft revolution speed nL = 50 r/min(50 Hz) (1) Output shaft revolution speed nL = 50 r/min (50 Hz)
(2)Load torque on motor shaft Tr = 1.764 N・m (2)Load torque on motor shaft Tℓ = 0.18 kgf・m
2
(3) Moment of inertia on motor shaft (3)Load on motor shaft GDℓ = 0.004 kgf・m2
Iℓ = 0.001 kg・m2(Load being coupled directly) (Load being coupled directly)
(4)Moment of inertia of load of motor IM = 0.00119 kg・m2 (4)GDM2 of motor = 0.00476 kgf・m2
(5)Starting frequency N = 15 times/min (5)Starting frequency N = 15 times/min
2. Selection of model 2. Selection of model
Iℓ×UF 0.001×1.0
2
GDℓ×UF 0.004×1.0
U= = = 0.84 U= = = 0.84
IM 0.00119 GD M2 0.0476
・Because the output shaft revolution speed is 50 r/min, the reduction ratio is 1/30 ・Because the output shaft revolution count is 50 r/min, the reduction ratio is 1/30
according to the specification chart (page 235) and therefore the allowable inertia according to the specification chart (page 235) and therefore the allowable inertia
ratio is 1.0, which means there is no problem with the corrected inertia ratio U. ratio is 1.0, which means there is no problem with the corrected inertia ratio U.
・Because the starting frequency per minute is 15 times/min., refer to the ・Because the starting frequency per minute is 15 times/min., refer to the
diagram for N=20 times/min. The point of intersection of the above shown Tℓ graph for N=20 times/min. The point of intersection of the above shown Tℓ
2
and Iℓ in this diagram indicate that the proper motor capacity is 0.4 kW. As a and GDℓ in this diagram indicate that the proper motor capacity is 0.4kW.
result, the model number that should be selected is GMT040-L30CB. As a result, the model number that should be selected is GMT040-L30CB.
3. Determination of life span 3. Determination of life span
(Perform the following calculation while referring to page 244.) (Perform the following calculation while referring to page 244.)
Er = ΣGD ×n × Td
2 2
ΣI×n2 Td
Er = × 7160 (Td − Tℓ)
182 (Td − Tr)
= 1.216×10 ×1500 × 3.53
−3 2
4.86×10 − 3×15002 0.36
= ×
182 (3.53 − 1.76) 7160 (0.36 − 0.18)
=29. 9J = 3.05kgf・m
ΣI= 2.16×10 − 4 + 1.0×10 − 3 ΣGD2 = 8.63×10 − 4 + 4.0×10 − 3
= 1.216×10 − 3kg・m2 = 4.86×10 − 3kgf・m2
n = 1500r/min n = 1500r/min
Td = 3.53N・m Td = 0.36kgf・m
Tℓ = 1.76N・m Tℓ = 0.18kgf・m
ET = 3.92×108J ET = 4.0×107kgf・m
Z = 3.92×10 = 13.1×106 times
8
Z = 4.0×10 = 13.1×106 times
7
29.9 3.05
242
Selection
Gravitational units
Tℓ =
TL GDℓ2 = GD2L
R R2
Tℓ : Load torque on motor shaft(kgf・m)
TL : Load torque on output shaft(kgf・m)
GDℓ2 : Load on motor shaft GD2(kgf・m2)
GD2L : Load on output shaft GD2 (kgf・m2)
R : Reduction ratio
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
243
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
i 2
i
IL : Moment of inertia on output shaft kg・m2 GD2L : Load on output shaft GD2 kgf・m2
3. Clutching (braking) work 3. Clutching(braking) work
(1)Er:Clutching (braking) work per time J (1)Er: Clutching(braking)work per time kgf・m
ΣI×n2r Td ΣGD2×nr2 Td
Er = × Er = ×
182.5 (Td±Tr) 7160 (Td±Tr)
ΣI = IC + Ir ΣGD2 =GD2C +GDr2
Moment of inertia on motor shaft
Selection
4. Clutching (braking) time 4. Clutching (braking) time
tb: Clutching (braking) time s tb: Clutching (braking) time s
ΣI nr 2
nr
tb =
9.55
× tb = ΣGD ×
(Td±Tr) 375 (Td±Tr)
+: Positive torque at the time of braking +: Positive torque at the time of braking
−: Negative torque at the time of clutching −: Negative torque at the time of
and braking clutching and braking
5. Response time 5. Response time
ta: Armature pull-in time s (Page 241, table 2) ta: Armature pull-in time s (Page 241, table 2)
6. Calculation of braking distance 6. Calculation of braking distance
S =(ta + 1 tb)×V S =(ta + 1 tb)×V
2 2
S: Braking distance mm S: Braking distance mm
V: Speed(conveyor speed, etc.)mm/s V: Speed(conveyor speed, etc.)mm/s
7. Stopping accuracy 7. Stopping accuracy
Precise determination of the stopping accuracy is difficult because Precise determination of the stopping accuracy is difficult because
it is affected by voltage, temperature, alteration through use, it is affected by voltage, temperature, alteration through use,
operating time, etc. However, if the following variations are assumed: operating time, etc. However, if the following variations are assumed:
a. Load torque variation: ±20% a. Load torque variation: ±20%
b. Breaking torque variation: ±20% b. Breaking torque variation: ±20%
c. Time lag variation: ±0.01s c. Time lag variation: ±0.01s
The variation from the calculated breaking The variation from the calculated breaking
distance is about ±30%. distance is about ±30%.
Stopping accuracy δ= S x 0.6or S x ±0.3 Stopping accuracy δ= S x 0.6or S x ±0.3
For example, when the calculated braking distance S is For example, when the calculated braking distance S is
10 mm, the stopping accuracy is 6 mm (10±3 mm). 10 mm, the stopping accuracy is 6 mm (10±3 mm).
244
Specification chart
■Specification chart
reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number of outline dimensions
Number of
Nominal
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. Three-phase
reduction ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5CB 1/5 300 360 2.8 { 0.29 } 2.4 { 0.24 } 274 { 28 } 247‐ 1 247‐ 5
10CB 1/10 150 180 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.8 { 0.49 } 431 { 44 }
247 247
15CB 18 1/15 100 120 8.6 { 0.88 } 7.2 { 0.73 } 568 { 58 }
| |
20CB 1/20 2 75 90 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 }
2 6
25CB 1/25 60 72 14.7 { 1.5 } 11.8 { 1.2 } 804 { 82 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 22.5 { 2.3 } 19.6 { 2.0 } 1098 { 112 } 247 247
GMTA010 0.1
50CB 24 1/50 30 36 28.4 { 2.9 } 23.5 { 2.4 } 1264 { 129 } | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 34.3 { 3.5 } 28.4 { 2.9 } 1431 { 146 } 3 7
75CB 1/75 20 24 43.1 { 4.4 } 36.3 { 3.7 } 1666 { 170 }
100CB 1/100 3 15 18 56.8 { 5.8 } 48.0 { 4.9 } 2009 { 205 }
247 247
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 68.6 { 7.0 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2274 { 232 }
28 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2813 { 287 }
4 8
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 115 { 11.7 } 95.1 { 9.7 } 3195 { 326 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 5.7 { 0.58 } 4.7 { 0.48 } 431 { 44 } 248‐ 1 248‐ 5
10CB 1/10 150 180 11.8 { 1.2 } 9.5 { 0.97 } 686 { 70 }
15CB 18 1/15 100 120 17.6 { 1.8 } 14.7 { 1.5 } 902 { 92 } 248 248
| |
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
15CB 24 1/15 100 120 36.3 { 3.7 } 30.4 { 3.1 } 1431 { 146 } | |
2 1 4
20CB 1/20 75 90 48.0 { 4.9 } 40.2 { 4.1 } 1735 { 177 }
25CB 1/25 60 72 60.8 { 6.2 } 50.0 { 5.1 } 2009 { 205 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 72.5 { 7.4 } 60.8 { 6.2 } 2274 { 232 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 94.1 { 9.6 } 78.4 { 8.0 } 2754 { 281 } 249 249
GMTA040 0.4
50CB 28 1/50 30 36 118 { 12.0 } 98.0 { 10.0 } 3195 { 326 } | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 140 { 14.3 } 118 { 12.0 } 3606 { 368 } 2 5
75CB 1/75 20 24 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 234 { 23.9 } 195 { 19.9 } 5076 { 518 }
249 249
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 281 { 28.7 } 234 { 23.9 } 5733 { 585 }
38 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 364 { 37.1 } 303 { 30.9 } 6664 { 680 } 3 6
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 389 { 39.7 } 324 { 33.1 } 6684 { 682 }
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution speed is calculated by dividing the synchronous revolution speed of the motor by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline type on pages 51 to 52.
However the reducer of 0.2kW is used for 0.1 also. For the reduction ratio for 0.1kW, refer to the actual reduction ratio for 0.2kW.
245
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
reduction steps
Frame number
Motor Output shaft revolution Allowable output shaft torque Allowable output Page and drawing number
Number of
Nominal
Model number output r/min N・m {kgf・m} N・m {kgf・m} shaft O.H.L. of outline dimensions
reduction ratio
kW 50Hz 60Hz 50Hz 60Hz N {kgf} Foot mount Flange mount
5CB 1/5 300 360 22.6 { 2.31 } 18.8 { 1.92 } 1049 { 107 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 45.1 { 4.6 } 38.2 { 3.9 } 1666 { 170 } 250 250
15CB 28 1/15 100 120 67.6 { 6.9 } 56.8 { 5.8 } 2176 { 222 } | |
2
20CB 1/20 75 90 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2636 { 269 } 1 4
25CB 1/25 60 72 114 { 11.6 } 94.1 { 9.6 } 3058 { 312 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3459 { 353 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 175 { 17.9 } 146 { 14.9 } 4185 { 427 } 250 250
GMTA075 0.75
50CB 38 1/50 30 36 220 { 22.4 } 183 { 18.7 } 4861 { 496 } | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 264 { 26.9 } 220 { 22.4 } 5488 { 560 } 2 5
75CB 1/75 20 24 300 { 30.6 } 250 { 25.5 } 5792 { 591 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 439 { 44.8 } 369 { 37.7 } 7301 { 745 }
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 527 { 53.8 } 439 { 44.8 } 8242 { 841 } 250 250
42 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 724 { 73.9 } 604 { 61.6 } 9800 { 1000 }
3 6
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 735 { 75.0 } 613 { 62.5 } 9800 { 1000 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 45.3 { 4.62 } 37.7 { 3.85 } 1666 { 170 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 91.1 { 9.3 } 75.5 { 7.7 } 2548 { 260 }
15CB 1/15 100 120 136 { 13.9 } 114 { 11.6 } 3342 { 341 }
251 251
42 2 | |
Specification chart
15CB 1/15 100 120 200 { 20.4 } 167 { 17.0 } 4312 { 440 }
42 2 | |
20CB 1/20 75 90 266 { 27.1 } 221 { 22.6 } 5223 { 533 }
1 4
25CB 1/25 60 72 332 { 33.9 } 277 { 28.3 } 6066 { 619 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 399 { 40.7 } 332 { 33.9 } 6850 { 699 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 515 { 52.6 } 429 { 43.8 } 8114 { 828 }
GMTA220 2.2 252 252
50CB 1/50 30 36 644 { 65.7 } 537 { 54.8 } 9418 { 961 }
50 | |
60CB 1/60 25 30 773 { 78.9 } 644 { 65.7 } 10633 { 1085 }
2 5
75CB 1/75 20 24 966 { 98.6 } 805 { 82.1 } 12338 { 1259 }
3
100CB 1/100 15 18 1288 {131.4 } 1073 {109.5 } 14955 { 1526 }
120CB 1/120 12.5 15 1545 {157.7 } 1288 {131.4 } 16885 { 1723 } 252 252
63 | |
165CB 1/165 9.1 10.9 2126 {216.9 } 1771 {180.7 } 17640 { 1800 }
※ ※ ※ ※
3 6
200CB 1/200 7.5 9 2156 {220.0 } 1796 {183.3 } 17640 { 1800 }
5CB 1/5 300 360 112 { 11.4 } 93.1 { 9.5 } 2930 { 299 }
10CB 1/10 150 180 223 { 22.8 } 186 { 19.0 } 4645 { 474 }
251 252
15CB 1/15 100 120 335 { 34.2 } 279 { 28.5 } 6096 { 622 }
2 | |
20CB 1/20 75 90 448 { 45.7 } 372 { 38.0 } 7389 { 754 } 7 7
GMTA370 3.7 50
25CB 1/25 60 72 560 { 57.1 } 466 { 47.6 } 8565 { 874 }
30CB 1/30 50 60 671 { 68.5 } 560 { 57.1 } 9673 { 987 }
40CB 1/40 37.5 45 866 { 88.4 } 722 { 73.7 } 10290 { 1050 }
3 251‐ 8 252‐ 8
50CB 1/50 30 36 1083 {110.5 } 903 { 92.1 } 10290 { 1050 }
Note 1) The nominal reduction ratio is shown as the reduction ratio.
Note 2) The output shaft revolution speed is calculated by dividing the synchronous revolution speed of the motor by the nominal reduction ratio.
For the actual reduction ratio, refer to the specification chart for the inline type on pages 51 to 52.
However the reducer of 1.5kW is used for 2.2 also. For the reduction ratio for 2.2kW, refer to the actual reduction ratio for 1.5kW.
Note 3) The models marked with ※ are ones for which the torque limited.
246
Outline dimensions
Three-phase 0.1 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 0.1 kW Face mount type
GMTA010-18L5CB 1 GMTA010-18U5CB 5
Reduction ratio: 5 Approx. weight: 9.1kg Reduction ratio: 5 Approx. weight: 9.1kg
355.5
355.5 230 125.5
230 125.5 115 M6 TAP 50
φ18h6
28 16 DEEP 10 28 115 M6 TAP
25 6 25 16 DEEP
18
φ127
φ127
6
134.5
φ105h7
φ128
3.5
90
4-φ11
φ18h6
3.5
18
12
6
16 16 30 30
98 57 φ27 63 63 φ27 0
3
R9
4-M10 TAP
130 150 D1 32 DEEP
PC
GMTA010-18L10∼25CB 2 GMTA010-18U10∼25CB 6
Reduction ratio: 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 7.9kg Reduction ratio: 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 7.7kg
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
335 335
230 105 115
230 105
M6 TAP
φ18h6
28 16 DEEP 46
115 M6 TAP
25 6 8 28
16 DEEP
φ127
15
25
6
128.5
58.5
φ127
φ90h7
φ109
3.5
4-φ9
85
φ18h6
10
6
3.5
15
58.5
6
12 12
φ27 31 31
87 49 59 59 φ27
4-M8 TAP
R8
111 0
140 11 26 DEEP
P CD
Drawing number of outline dimensions
GMTA010-24L30∼75CB 3 GMTA010-24U30∼75CB 7
Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 9.3kg Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 9.1kg
364.5 364.5
230 134.5 115 230 134.5
M6 TAP
φ24h6
36 59
16 DEEP 10 36 115 M6 TAP
32 7 16 DEEP
32
18
φ127
134.5
φ127
8
φ105h7
φ128
4
90
4-φ11
φ24h6
4
12
18
7
16 16 30 30
98 66 φ27 63 63 φ27
R9
GMTA010-28L100∼200CB 4 GMTA010-28U100∼200CB 8
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 11.7kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 11.5kg
391
391
230 161 230 161
115 M8 TAP
φ28h6
42 67 M8 TAP
20 DEEP 20 DEEP
37 7 10 42 115
37
23
8
φ127
158.5
φ127
φ125h7
φ157
4
105
4-φ12
8
φ28h6
15
4
23
φ27 7
16 16 35 35 φ27
116 78
1
75 75 0
R1
Three-phase 0.2 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 0.2 kW Face mount type
GMTA020-18L5CB 1 GMTA020-18U5CB 5
Reduction ratio: 5 Approx. weight: 9.0kg Reduction ratio: 5 Approx. weight: 9.0kg
393.5
393.5 268 125.5
268 125.5 115 M6 TAP
φ18h6
16 DEEP 50 M6 TAP
28 10 28 115 16 DEEP
25 6
18
25
φ140
67.5
139.5
φ140
φ105h7
φ128
3.5
90
4-φ11
6
φ18h6
3.5
12
18
67
6
16 16 30 30
φ27 φ27
R9
98 57 63 63
130 30 4-M10 TAP
150 D1 32 DEEP
PC
GMTA020-18L10∼25CB 2 GMTA020-18U10∼25CB 6
Reduction ratio: 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 7.8kg Reduction ratio: 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 7.6kg
28 46 115 16 DEEP
6 8 28
25
15
25
φ140
67.5
137.5
φ140
φ109
φ90h7
4-φ9 3.5
85
φ18h6
6
3.5
15
10
67
12 12 31 31 φ27
R8
87 49 φ27 59 59
111 140 10 4-M8 TAP
D1 26 DEEP
PC
402.5 402.5
M6 TAP
268 134.5 115 16 DEEP 268 134.5
φ24h6
36 59 M6 TAP
32 10 36 115 16 DEEP
7
18
32
φ140
139.5
67.5
φ140
φ105h7
8
φ128
4
90
4-φ11
φ24h6
12
4
18
67
7
16 16 30 30
98 66 φ27
φ27 63 63
R9
GMTA020-28L100∼200CB 4 GMTA020-28U100∼200CB 8
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 11.8kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 11.4kg
429
429 268 161
M8 TAP M8 TAP
268 161 115 67
20 DEEP
φ28h6
42 10 42 115 20 DEEP
37 7 37
23
φ140
φ140
φ125h7
φ157
158.5
4
105
8
φ28h6
4
23
4-φ12
15
7
φ27
16 16 35 35 φ27
1
50
R1
Three-phase 0.4 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 0.4 kW Face mount type
GMTA040-24L5∼25CB 1 GMTA040-24U5∼25CB 4
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 12.0kg Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 9.8kg
434
434 179 109 146
179 109 146 59
115 M6 TAP M6 TAP
36
φ24h6
16 DEEP 10 36 115 16 DEEP
32 32
7
18
67.5
φ140
φ140
139.5
φ105h7
8
φ128
4-φ11
φ24h6
90
4 4
18
67
7
φ27
16 16 30 30
12
φ27
R9
98 66 63 63 0
130 150 D13 4-M10 TAP
32 DEEP
PC
GMTA040-28L30∼75CB 2 GMTA040-28U30∼75CB 5
Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 12.5kg Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 12.5kg
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
464 464
179 109 176 M8 TAP 179 109 176
115
φ28h6
42 20 DEEP 67
37 7 10 42 M8 TAP
115
23
37 20 DEEP
8
φ140
158.5
φ125h7
105
φ157
4
φ140
4-φ12
15
φ28h6
8
φ27 4
23
16 16 35 35 7
116 78 75 75 φ27
1
148 180
R1
150 4-M12 TAP
P CD 38 DEEP
Drawing number of outline dimensions
GMTA040-38L100∼200CB 3 GMTA040-38U100∼200CB 6
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 16.5kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 22.5kg
504
504 M10 TAP 179 109 216
179 109 216 25 DEEP 87 115 M10 TAP
115
φ38h6
58 25 DEEP
12 58
50 8 50
27
137.5
10
φ140
198.5
φ155h7
φ191
φ140
5
130
10
4-φ15
φ38h6
5
20
27
φ27 8
17 17 41 41 φ27
140 98 93 93
6
95
R1
Three-phase 0.75 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 0.75 kW Face mount type
GMTA075-28L5∼25CB 1 GMTA075-28U5∼25CB 4
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 16.8kg Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 Approx. weight: 16.8kg
φ28h6
42 124 67 M8 TAP
124
37 7 10 42 20 DEEP
23
37
φ158
158.5
76.5
φ158
φ125h7
φ157
4
105
4-φ12
15
8
φ28h6
4
23
φ27
79
7
16 16 35 35 φ27
116 78
1
75 75 50
R1
148 180 D1 4-M12 TAP
PC 38 DEEP
GMTA075-38L30∼75CB 2 GMTA075-38U30∼75CB 5
Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 20.8kg Reduction ratio: 30, 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 26.8kg
25 DEEP 87
58 124 25 DEEP
50 8 12 58
27
50
10
137.5
φ158
198.5
φ158
φ155h7
φ191
5
130
4-φ15
20
10
φ38h6
5
27
φ27
8
17 17 41 41
140 98 93 93 φ27
6
R1
174 220 5 4-M16 TAP
9
D1 34 DEEP
PC
568
568 M10 TAP
185 123 260 M10 TAP 185 123 260
124 25 DEEP 98 25 DEEP
66 255
φ42h6
60 18 10
8 66
33
12
φ158
60
φ42h6
8
230
φ230h7
31 12
33
150
5
φ158
255
4-φ18
22
φ27
0
146
5
φ
25 25 60 60 φ27
150 96 105 105
200 260 4-φ18
Three-phase 1.5 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 1.5 kW Face mount type
GMTA150-42L5∼30CB 1 GMTA150-42F5∼30CB 4
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 56.0kg Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 63.0kg
M10 TAP
601.5 601.5 25 DEEP
148 255
66 M10 TAP 98
φ42h6
18 10 148
60 25 DEEP
8
66
φ42h6
33
60
12
φ198
φ230h7
230
12
255
5
150
φ198
33
4 -φ18 φ27
10
22
146
φ3
5
25 25 60 60
150 96 105 105 φ27
200 260 4-φ18
GMTA150-50L40∼75CB 2 GMTA150-50F40∼75CB 5
Reduction ratio: 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 77.0kg Reduction ratio: 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 78.0kg
GEAR MOTOR/CB GEAR MOTOR
653
114 320
653
82 M10 TAP 18 10 M10 TAP
25 DEEP 25 DEEP
φ50h6
75
9 82
φ50h6
75
9
14
43
φ198
φ300h7
292.5
14
320
5.5
43
φ198
190
4 -φ18
0
39
188.5
25
5.5
φ
φ27
25 25
180 112 65 65 φ27
135 135
230 4 -φ18
330
Drawing number of outline dimensions
GMTA150-63L100∼200CB 3 GMTA150-63F100∼200CB 6
Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 108.0kg Reduction ratio: 100, 120, 165, 200 Approx. weight: 112.0kg
697.5
697.5 360
M12 TAP 127
95 18 10 M12 TAP
30 DEEP
φ63h6
90 30 DEEP
11
95
φ63h6
90
18
11
54
φ198
339.5
φ340h7
360
7
225
54
φ 18
φ198
4 -φ22
0
214.5
28
44
φ27 7
35 35 75 75
150 150 φ27
210 135
370
280 4-φ18
763
736.5 M10 TAP 82 M10 TAP
82 25 DEEP 25 DEEP
φ50h6
φ50h6
75
75 9 9
14
14
φ214
φ214
43
43
292.5
292.5
190
190
4φ
- 18 5.5 4 -φ18 5.5
25
25
φ27 25 25 φ27 25 25
65 65 65 65
135 135 180 112 135 135
180 112 230 330
230 330
Three-phase 2.2 kW Foot mount type Three-phase 2.2 kW Flange mount type
GMTA220-42L5∼30CB 1 GMTA220-42F5∼30CB 4
Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 59.0kg Reduction ratio: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Approx. weight: 61.0kg
M10 TAP
630.5 630.5 25 DEEP
66 148 M10 TAP 98 255
φ42h6
60 25 DEEP 18 10 148
8
66
φ42h6
12
33
60
φ198
φ230h7
230
12
255
22 150
φ198
4 -φ18 φ27 5
0
33
146
φ3
5
25 25
150 96 60 105 105 60
200 φ27 4-φ18
260
GMTA220-50L40∼75CB 2 GMTA220-50F40∼75CB 5
Reduction ratio: 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 80.0kg Reduction ratio: 40, 50, 60, 75 Approx. weight: 83.0kg
75
9
82
14
φ50h6
75 9
φ198
5
43
292.5
14
φ300h7
320
190
φ198
4 -φ18 5.5
25
43
188.5
φ27
39
5.5
φ
25 25
65 65
180 112 135 135 φ27
230 330 4-φ18
726.5 M12TAP
30 DEEP
726.5 127
M12 TAP 360
95 18 10
30 DEEP
φ63h6
90
11
95
φ63h6
18
90
11
φ340h7
339.5
φ198
54
360
φ198
7
54
225
4018
4φ
- 22
214.5
28
φ27
φ4
7
35 35 75 75 φ27
210 135 150 150
280 370 4-φ18
82 82
φ50h6
φ50h6
75 9 75 9
φ300h7
14
φ300h7
14
320
φ214
320
φ214
43
0
0
188.5
188.5
9
43
39
φ3
φ
5.5 5.5
φ27 φ27
4-φ18 4-φ18
253
Selection
Hollow shaft
Guide rail
Foot mount
Selecting condition
・Total mass of transfer material : M = 150 kgf ・Operating time : 8 hours/day
(Total mass of transfer materials) (W = 150 kgf) ・Starting frequency : 10 times/hour
・Transfer speed : V = 14m/min ・Stop : Immediate stop (brake)
・Friction factor with the guide rail : μ = 0.15 ・Operating power supply : Three-phase 200V, 60 Hz
・Chain transmission efficiency : η = 0.95 ・Shaft arrangement : right
s Calculate the revolution speed (nL) of the output shaft of the hypoid motor.
2
nL=nC× =44.6r/min
1
d Determine the reduction ratio.
According to the specification chart on page 81, output shaft revolution speed of 45 r/min is closest to 60 Hz. 44.6 r/min, therefore the suitable reduction ratio is 1/40.
B: a Calculate the revolution speed (nC) of the conveyor shaft.
V×1000 14×1000
nC= = =22.3r/min
D×π 200×π
Technical information
s Calculate the revolution speed (nL) of the output shaft of the hypoid motor.
nL = nC = 22.3r/min
d Determine the reduction ratio.
According to the specification chart on page 81, output shaft revolution speed of 22.5 r/min is closest to 60 Hz. 22.3 r/min, therefore the suitable reduction ratio is 1/80.
C
1
{ T =μW D2×1000 1
× =0.15×150×
η
200
2000
×
1
0.95
=2.37kgf・m }
{ T =T × 12 × η1 =2.37× 12 × 0.95
L C
1
=1.25kgf・m }
255
Technical information
s The torque on the output shaft of hypoid motor (TL) is equal to the torque on the conveyor shaft, TL = TC = 22.1 N·m {TL = TC = 2.25 kgf·m}
d Calculate the correction torque (TF) of the output shaft.
On page 258 table1, the service factor CF = 1, and TF = TL x 1 = 22.1 N·m {TF = TL x 1= 2.25 kgf·m}
f Calculate the motor capacity.
On the specification chart on page 81 to 82, the reduction ratio is 1/80. The motor capacity that satisfies 60 Hz torque 22.1N·m {2.25 kgf·m} is 0.1 kW.
4. Checking the inertia moment of the load {inertia load (GD2)} and starting frequency
When starting the motor with a large inertia moment of the load (also when stopping, if the brake is mounted), a large torque generates momentarily, and
which may lead to an unexpected accident. Consider by referring to the coupling method to the load and the inertia moment {load inertia (GD2)} of the load.
A: a Calculate the inertia moment of the load of the conveyor shaft (IC) {Load inertia (GD2C)}.
IC = MR2 = 150×0.12 = 1.5kg·m2
{GD2C = WD2 = 150×0.22 = 6kgf·m2}
s Calculate the inertia moment (Iℓ) {load inertia (GD2ℓ)} of the motor shaft.
2 2
1 1 1 1
Ir=IC×
i2C
× 2 =1.5×
iL ( ) ×( 40 )=0.23×10
2
−3
kg・m2
2 2
1 1 1 1
{ GD 2
r =GD2C×
i2C
× 2 =6×
iL 2 ( ) ×( 40 )=0.94×10 −3
kgf・m2 }
Technical information
d Calculate the inertia ratio (U) of the hypoid motor.
Ir GD2r
U=
IM
U= {
GD2M
}
-3 2 -3 2
On page 270, inertia moment (IM){load inertia (GD2M)} of the motor shaft is 0.66 x 10 Kgf·m {2.64 x 10 Kgf·m }, and
0.23×10−3 0.94×10 −3
U=
0.66×10−3
≒0.35 { U= 2.64×10 −3 ≒0.36 }
f Checking the starting frequency
On page 258 table 3, the starting frequency is 30 times/hour and satisfying the condition.
B: a Calculate the inertia moment of the load of the conveyor shaft (IC) {Load inertia (GD2C)}.
IC = MR2 = 150×0.12 = 1.5kg·m2
Selection
256
Selection
※If the allowable starting frequently is not satisfied, the reducer may get damaged earlier than the
expected life span. Up size the model number and re-check or decrease the usage frequency.
- If the usage frequency cannot be decreased, the life span shortens. In that case, please contact us.
- When the inertia ratio is large, we recommend the slow start by using the inverter.
O.H.L= =221N
200
2000×2.25×1×1
{ O.H.L= 200
=22.5kgf }
confirm that the calculated O.H.L. within allowable O.H.L. the allowable O.H.L. on the specification chart is 2254 {230kgf} N, and therefore, the calculated O.H.L. acceptable.
※ If the calculated value is less than the allowable O.H.L., move the acting position toward the output
shaft, use a sprocket with longer RCD., or select the larger size hypoid motor.
The following model numbers are determined from the ones that satisfy installation method, power
supply, immediate stop, torque, reduction ratio, starting frequency, and O.H.L.
B: HMTA010-20H80B
257
Technical information
2. Inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency Table 2. Croise motor inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency
During the start-up, the impact torque occurs due to the load Load type Inertia ratio: U Allowable starting frequency
inertial (also during stopping if the brake is attached), and an 1 4 times/hr.
unexpected accident may occur due to the load, coupling method, Without shocks 0.5 4 times/min.
0.2 or less 10 times/min.
and the load inertia size. Check by the following procedure 0.5 4 times/hr.
With shocks such as chain
according the load, coupling method, and the load inertia. 0.3 4 times/min.
0.2 or less 10 times/min.
(1) Calculation of inertia moment (I) of load {load
Note) In conditions other than Table 2 above, consult us.
inertia (GD2)}
(2) Calculation of inertia moment (IL) of load for motor shaft conversion {load inertia (GD2L )}
(3) C a l c u l a t e t h e i n e r t i a
Table 3. GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR: inertia ratio and allowable starting frequency
ratio (U) of the compact
gear motor.
IL GD2L
U=
IM
{ U= 2
GDM
}
Allowable starting frequency
times/hr.
Technical information
3. Overhang load of the output shaft
When mounting the sprocket, gear, or belt to the output center shaft, or when mounting to the hollow
shaft by using a case tap, confirm that the overhang load acting on the output shaft is equal to or
lower than the allowable O.H.L. of the gear
Table 4. O.H.L. factor f
motor.
Chain Toothed gear belt V belt
※When the enforced toothed belt is used,
calculate by adding mounting tension. Do 1.0 1.25 1.5
not use the O.H.L. factor (f) on Table 1. Formula 1. Acting position factor: Lf
ℓ/Q 0.25 0.38 0.5 0.75 1
<Overhang load calculation>
Lf 0.8 0.9 1 1.5 2
Selection
2000×TF×f×Lf
Allowable O.H.L.≧
Dp Center shaft Hollow shaft note
258
Selection
■ Formula for calculating the brake life span and braking distance
1. Braking work amount
(IM+Ir) ×n2 Tb (GD2M+GD2r )×n2 Tb
Er=
182.5
×
(Tb±Tr)
{E r =
7160
×
(Tb±Tr) }
Eℓ : Braking amount per 1 time J {kgf·m}
2
IM {GD } : Brake-type hypoidmotor (gearmotor) inertiamoment kg·m2 (Page 270)
M
3. Braking time
t = ta + tb
2 2
(IM+Ir) ×n (GDM+GDr ) ×n
tb=
9.55×
(Tb±Tr)
tb= {
375× (Tb±Tr) }
ta:Braking delay time s
Duration from output of the actuation signal to the point when the brake actually works
Selection
4. Braking distance
1 S:Braking distance mm
( )
S= ta+
2
t ×V b
V:Speed of straight-line moving body mm/s
259
Technical information
1 2 2 1 2
I= Mr GD = WD
same as the self shaft
2 2
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}
1
I= M (r 2
+r 2
2 ) 2 1 2 2
2 1
GD = W (D + d )
2
{kgf·m2}
(kg·m2)
1 2 2 2 1 2 2
I= M (A + L ) GD = W (A + L )
12 3
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}
When the revolving center is
r2 1
different from the self shaft
I=M ( 2 +R) 2
GD = W
2
(2D 2
+ 4R )
2
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}
M A2 + L2 A2 + L2
I=
4 ( 3
+ 4R
2
) GD = W
2
( 3
+ 4R
2
)
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}
M 2 2 2 1 2 2
I= (A + 4L ) GD = W (A + 4L )
12 3
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}
Chain Work
2
M3r21 + M4r2 2 W3D21 + W4D22
Driving I = M1r 2
+ M2r 2
+ GD = W1D 2
+ W2D 2
+
Following
1 1
2 1 1
2
sprocket
sprocket
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}
1 V
2
V
2
Table Work I=
4
(M + M ) ×
1 2
( πn ) 2
GD = (W + W ) ×1 2
( πn )
Selection
2
Screw (kg·m ) {kgf·m2}
n: Motor revolution speed to V (r/min) n: Motor revolving count to V (r/min)
1 2 2 2 1 2 2
I= M1r + M2r GD = W1D + W2D
2 2
(kg·m2) {kgf·m2}
260
Technical data
67 P
Motor output A P
⇨
Without brake
0.1kW 64.5 81
0.2kW 102.5 81
67
0.4kW 102.5 81
(0.55kW) 102.5 81
1. Terminal screw size M3.5 [Tightening torque 0.8 N·m {0.08 kgf-m}] 12.5
Cover 12 0.75kW 98.5 90
2. Earth terminal screw size M4 [Tightening torque 1.2 N·m {0.12 kgf-m}] A φ12
3. For the outlet direction of the terminal box, a customer can select a direction from three
directions indicated with arrows in the following drawings by attaching the cover.
83 P
⇨
Motor output A P
Brake-type
70
DC module 0.4kW 119.5 104.5
Cover
(0.55kW) 119.5 104.5
1. Terminal screw size M3.5 [Tightening torque 0.8 N·m {0.08 kgf-m}] 31
2. Earth terminal screw size M4 [Tightening torque 1.2 N·m {0.12 kgf-m}]
9.5 0.75kW 125.5 113.5
A φ12
3. For the outlet direction of the terminal box, a customer can select a direction from
two directions indicated with arrows in the following drawings by attaching the cover.
A P
Without brake
⇨ Motor output
1.5kW 117
A B
83
C
97 143
P
A P
⇨
Brake-type
Motor output A B C P
1.5kW 196 135 96 141
C
151.5 202
Without brake
⇨
φ35
1. Terminal screw size M5 [Tightening torque 2.0N·m {0.2 kgf-m}]
32
2. Earth terminal screw size M6 [Tightening torque 2.5N·m {0.26 kgf-m}]
123
Technical data
263.5 205
⇨
Brake-type
φ35
1. Terminal screw size M5 [Tightening torque 2.0N·m {0.2 kgf-m}] 32
2. Earth terminal screw size M6 [Tightening torque 2.5N·m {0.26 kgf-m}]
213.5
261
Technical information
■ Wiring/rotating direction
1. Wiring
Three-phase motor type (40 kW to 5.5 kW) Single-phase motor type (40W to 90W)
U X Y U X Y
U V W U V W
Black Yellow White Black Yellow White
R S T T S R CR CR
A B A B
2. Rotating direction
The arrows in the following drawings indicate the revolving direction as viewed from the output shaft in connection A.
In connection B, the motor revolves in the opposite direction.
Technical information
Double reduction Double reduction
262
Technical data
Gear motor
Hypoid motor
Croise motor
Application
Three-phase 200V Three-phase 200V
0.1kW∼3.7kW
(Croise motor is 0.1 to 0.75 kW)
5.5kW
AC simultaneous cut
MC OCR MC OCR
U U
Power supply
Power supply
V V
● For general M B M B
W W
● Standard shipping Black
Yellow Black Yellow
specification
Yellow DM200D Black Yellow PM180B Black
Blue Blue
OCR OCR
AC separate cut
MC U MC U
Power supply
Power supply
V V
● To shorten the stopping time M B M B
W W
● When attaching the phase Black
Yellow Black Yellow
advancing condenser
Yellow DM200D Black Yellow PM180B Black
Blue Blue
MC OCR
AC separate operation
U
Power supply
V MC OCR
M B U
Power supply
MC OCR U
DC separate cut
Power supply
V
M B
Technical information
W
● When stopping accuracy is required
(elevating device, etc.) Yellow Black
Yellow DM200D Black
※2 Blue N Blue
Ⓜ : Motor Ⓑ : Brake MC: Electromagnetic contactor MCa: Supplemental relay OCR: Overcurrent relay DM200D, PM180B: DC module
-N-: Protection element (varistor)
Note 1) Brake voltage is DC90V. (When AC200V is input to DM200D and PM180B, and AC100V is input to DM100A.)
Note 2) When the separate cut with DC is used, the power supply module for break may be damaged depending on the wire length, wiring
method, relay type, etc. Therefore, connect a varistor between the terminals for DC separate cut.
Note 3) It is more effective when the varistor is connected near the power supply module for brake (blue lead wire section). Refer to the
specific varistor model numbers below. Select 470V varistor voltage for DM200D.
Note 3) (DM400D is integrated in the varistor. External attachment is not necessary.)
Technical data
Model number
Product name Manufacturer name
For DM100A, DM200D
Surge absorber Panasonic ERZV14D471
Z-trap Fuji Electric Device Technology Co., Ltd. ENE471D-14A
Ceramic varistor Nippon Chemi-Con Corporation TND14V-471KB00AAA0
(Note 3) A 5.5 kW DC module is PM180B, which is a relay integrated type. Do not prepare the AC separate cut circuit.
(Note 4) For the supplementary relay (MCa) in ※1, use the one with AC200V 7A (resistance load) or higher.
When an MC supplementary contact point or supplementary relay is used for ※2, use the contact point capacity AC200V10A or
higher (resistance load).
263
Technical information
2. 0.1 kW ∼ 3.7 kW 400V class: GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and CROISE MOTOR
¡Standard products are delivered by simultaneous cut with AC. (※Contact us for 5.5 kW.)
¡Response time is different based on the connections. Refer to the following drawing and select by considering the application.
Gear motor
Hypoid motor
Croise motor
Application
Three-phase 400V Three-phase 400V
0.1kW∼0.75kW 1.5kW∼3.7kW
AC simultaneous cut
MC OCR MC OCR
Power supply
U U
Power supply
● For general V V
M B M B
● Standard shipping W W
specification Yellow Brown (N) Black Orange Black
Yellow DM200D Black Orange DM400D Black
Blue Blue Blue Blue
AC separate cut
MC OCR MC OCR
U U
Power supply
Power supply
● To shorten the stopping time V V
M B M B
● When attaching the phase W W
MC OCR MC OCR
U U
Power supply
Power supply
V V
AC separate operation
M B M B
W W
● For inverter
MCa ※2 Yellow
Brown (N) Black MCa ※4 Orange Black
Locate the inverter at the MC
AC Yellow DM200D Black AC Orange DM400D Black
section.
※1 Blue Blue 380∼460V Blue Blue
Note) Always insulate the brown (N) terminal connected by
the closed-end connector by disconnecting from the
● When operating the brake
terminal block. In addition, when inputting to the DC
separately module by using a transformer, use a transformer with the
following capacity.
0.1kW∼0.4kW:60VA
0.75kW :100VA
Supply voltage for the brake at sections with ※1
AC 200V to AC 254V
MC OCR MC OCR
DC separate cut
U U
Power supply
Power supply
V V
M B M B
● When stopping accuracy is required W W
(elevating device, etc.) Yellow Brown (N) Black Black
Technical information
Orange
Yellow DM200D Black Orange DM400D Black
※3 Blue ※5 Blue
N Blue Blue
Model number
Product name Manufacturer name
Technical data
264
Technical data
3. 40W, 60W, and 90W: GEAR MOTOR MINI series and HYPOID MOTOR MINI series
¡Standard products are delivered by simultaneous cut with AC.
¡Response time is different depending on the connections. Refer to the following diagram and select the wiring suitable to the application.
Three-phase motor Standard voltage Three-phase motor Double voltage Single-phase motor
Application
(200V class) (400V class) 100V (200V)
Power supply
Power supply
Power supply
¡For general White White Yellow
Gray Gray Black
¡In standard shipping Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow Black
DM100A
Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow (DM200D) Black
specification
Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue
Power supply
Power supply
White White Yellow
the stopping time Gray Gray Black
Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow Black
¡When attaching the phase Yellow Black Yellow Black
DM100A
Yellow (DM200D) Black
Power supply
Power supply
¡Separately operate White White Yellow
Gray Gray Black
N section
the brake Yellow Black Yellow Black
DM100A
Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow (DM200D) Black
AC200V ∼ 220V Blue Blue AC200V ∼ 220V Blue Blue Blue Blue
(Inverter driving is notきavailable.)
AC100V ∼ 110V
(インバータ駆動はで ません)
(AC200V ∼ 220V)
Note: Cut the N section that is connected with
the closed-end connector and be sure to
Note: Use the nominal load AC200V 7A or insulate the N section.
When using a transformer to input 200V
higher for supplementary relay MCa.
voltage to the DC module, use a transformer
with the capacity of 60 VA or higher.
Power supply
Power supply
Ⓜ : Motor Ⓑ : Brake MC: Electromagnetic contactor MCa: Supplemental relay OCR: Overcurrent relay C: Condenser (accessory)
DM200D DM100A: DC module, − N − : Protection element (varistor)
Note 1) After connecting, confirm that the lead wire of the DC module has the yellow color at the power supply side and the black section at the brake side before turning on the power.
Note 2) When the DC separate cut is conducted, use a blue lead wire to construct the circuit. DC module (DM200D) has an integrated surge absorbing element.
Note 3) DC module has a diode inside. If a short circuit occurs due to wrong connection, the DC module will be damaged.
Note 4) Add protection elements to external contact points when necessary.
Note 5) When the inverter is used, do not use in a circuit other than the AC separate operation.
Note 6) If the system is used with separate DC cut, the brake power module may be damaged depending on the wire length, wiring method and relay type. Connect a varistor between DC
Technical information
Model number
Product name Manufacturer name
For DM100A, DM200D
Surge absorber Panasonic ERZV14D471
Z-trap Fuji Electric Device Technology Co., Ltd. ENE471D-14A
Ceramic varistor Nippon Chemi-Con Corporation TND14V-471KB00AAA0
265
Technical information
2. Torque characteristics
For the frequency and torque characteristics, refer to the following graph.
Because kW is constant in the high speed range, the torque decreases inversely with the revolution count.
In addition, because the revolution speed increases, the motor sound, motor fan sound, reducer sound, and vibration increase.
In the low-speed range, the motor operating efficiency and the cooling effects decreases. Thus, the temperature increases.
Use by lower the torque as shown below.
0.1kW∼0.75kW 1.5kW∼3.7kW
100 100
Continuous operation Continuous operation
maximum torque maximum torque
80 80
50 50
40
3. Brake-type
The brake requires specific power supply (frequency and voltage), so prepare the brake circuit for which separate operation is available.
The standard product is delivered as the brake lead wire and the motor lead wire are fixed with
screws. Remove the screw and connect separately.
During braking, apply 60 Hz (1800 r/min) or lower.
When braking in the high speed range at 60 Hz or higher, failures such as mechanical damage and
abnormal abrasion and heat generation of the lining occur. Be sure to operate at 60 Hz or lower.
4. CB GEAR MOTOR
During clutch coupling, the motor torque may occur momentarily and trip. In general, increase the inverter
capacity to double or threefold to the motor capacity.
Technical information
5. Single-phase motor and explosion-proof motor
Because the single-phase motor is using a centrifugal switch and condenser, the inverter drive is not available.
In addition, the explosion-proof motor is out of the applied power supply for the explosion-proof test (frequency and voltage). Therefore, the inverter drive is not available.
6. Precaution
When the motor with a low frequency or with 60 Hz or higher is used, lower the torque indicated in the above graphs.
When the inverter drive is applied to a 400V class motor, insulation breakage may occur due to high
voltage surge (micro surge) that occurs by switching of the inverter. Therefore, the motor requires the
countermeasure (micro surge countermeasure). The standard motors with 400V class or higher have
the micro surge measure as a standard without an instruction.
Technical data
When compared to commercial power supplies, temperature increase, noise, and vibration are larger.
To protect from motor overheat protection, use the motor by setting the electronic thermal to general-
use motor specification or prepare the thermal relay between the inverter and the motor.
When the motor is used in the base frequency of 50 Hz, apply the output torque in the above table multiplied by 0.8.
266
Technical data
■ Brake specifications
1. Motor output: 0.1kW to 0.75kW
GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR
Motor output Three-phase 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW ※0.55kW 0.75kW
Brake model number Three-phase 200V SLB01 SLB02 SLB04 SLB04 SLB07
Three-phase 400V SLB01 SLB02 SLB04V SLB04V SLB07V
DC module model number Three-phase 200V DM200D
Model number Three-phase 400V DM200D
Rated torque Static friction torque N・m 0.98(0.98) 1.96(1.96) 3.92 3.92 7.35
{kgf・m} 0.1(0.1) 0.2(0.2) 0.40 0.40 0.75
Dynamic friction torque N・m 0.78(0.78) 1.57(1.57) 3.14 3.14 5.88
{kgf・m} 0.08(0.08) 0.16(0.16) 0.32 0.32 0.60
Voltage Three-phase 200V DC90V
Three-phase 400V DC90V
Current at 20℃ A 0.178(0.22) 0.178(0.22) 0.232 0.232 0.273
Capacity at 20℃ W 16.0(20.0) 16.0(20.0) 20.9 20.9 24.6
Initial gap mm 0.15∼0.20(0.30) 0.15∼0.20(0.30) 0.15∼0.20 0.15∼0.20 0.15∼0.20
Limitation gap mm 0.5(0.6) 0.5(0.6) 0.5 0.5 0.5
Total braking work amount
J 1.31×108(2.56×108) 1.85×108(3.38×108) 1.85×10 8
1.85×10 8
3.66×108
{kgf・m} 1.34×107(2.61×107) 1.89×107(3.45×107) 1.89×10 7
1.89×10 7
3.73×107
Allowable starting frequency 10 times/min. (10 times/min.)
Braking delay time AC simultaneous cut 0.18∼0.25(0.20) 0.15∼0.21(0.17) 0.14∼0.17 0.14∼0.17 0.20∼0.24
S(Reference value) AC separate cut
0.11∼0.18(0.10) 0.09∼0.12(0.07) 0.06∼0.09 0.06∼0.09 0.10∼0.13
AC separate operation 0.11∼0.18(0.10) 0.09∼0.12(0.07) 0.06∼0.09 0.06∼0.09 0.10∼0.13
DC separate cut 0.05∼0.07(0.03) 0.04∼0.06(0.03) 0.03∼0.05 0.03∼0.05 0.04∼0.06
Note 1) Nominal torque indicates static friction torque and dynamic friction torque after fitting.
Note 2) Braking delay time is only for reference, which may vary with the brake condition, usage condition, and individual difference. To shorten the braking delay time (in case
of elevating device), DC separate cut is recommended.
Note 3) ※ mark is only for croise motors.
Outline dimensions (DM200D) 48 15.2 Outline dimensions (In case of DM200D separate delivery)
40
Round crimped terminal 1.25-4 3.5
Technical information
25
2-φ4.8
16.5
41.5
6 4 6
32
4.5
AC side
205
DC cut wiring
268
Technical data
2. CROISE MOTOR CSMA series (・SI unit: Inertia moment ・Gravity unit: GD2)
Motor capacity 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW
Non-brake, Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.66×10-3 0.70×10-3 0.95×10-3 0.99×10-3 1.31×10-3 1.35×10-3
1/10∼1/30 GD 2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.65×10 } {2.81×10 } {3.81×10 } {3.96×10 } {5.25×10 } {5.40×10 }
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.73×10-3 1.02×10-3 1.06×10-3 1.38×10-3 1.42×10-3
1/40∼1/60 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.91×10 } {4.08×10 } {4.23×10 } {5.52×10 } {5.67×10 }
2 -3 -3
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.37×10 1.48×10 4.2×10-3 6.1×10-3 4.5×10-3 6.2×10-3 8.9×10-3 10.9×10-3
1/40∼1/60 GD 2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {5.49×10 } {5.9×10 } {17.1×10 } {24.4×10 } {18.1×10 } {25.6×10 } {35.8×10 } {43.8×10 }
3. CROISE MOTOR HCMA series (・SI unit: Inertia moment ・Gravity unit: GD2)
Motor capacity 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW
Non-brake, Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type
Technical information
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.66×10-3 0.70×10-3 0.92×10-3 0.96×10-3 1.29×10-3 1.33×10-3
1/40∼1/75 GD2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.65×10 } {2.81×10 } {3.67×10 } {3.82×10 } {5.15×10 } {5.30×10 }
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.66×10-3 0.70×10-3 0.96×10-3 1.00×10-3 1.29×10-3 1.33×10-3
1/90∼1/150 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.65×10 } {2.81×10 } {3.83×10 } {3.98×10 } {5.16×10 } {5.31×10 }
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.66×10-3 0.70×10-3 0.95×10-3 0.99×10-3 1.29×10-3 1.33×10-3
1/180∼1/200 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.65×10 } {2.81×10 } {3.81×10 } {3.96×10 } {5.17×10 } {5.32×10 }
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 0.66×10-3 0.69×10-3 0.68×10-3 0.72×10-3 0.97×10-3 1.01×10-3 1.37×10-3 1.41×10-3
1/240∼1/300 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {2.65×10 } {2.75×10 } {2.73×10 } {2.89×10 } {3.87×10 } {4.02×10 } {5.47×10 } {5.62×10 }
Non-brake, Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type Non-brake Brake-type
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.30×10-3 1.40×10-3 3.61×10-3 5.51×10-3 3.94×10-3 5.84×10-3 6.24×10-3 8.25×10-3
1/40∼1/75 GD
2
{kgf・m2} {5.20×10 } {5.61×10 } {14.4×10 } {22.0×10 } {15.8×10 } {23.3×10 } {24.9×10 } {33.0×10 }
-3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.31×10-3 1.41×10-3 3.62×10-3 5.52×10-3 3.99×10-3 5.89×10-3 6.32×10-3 8.32×10-3
1/90∼1/150 GD 2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {5.24×10 } {5.65×10 } {14.5×10 } {22.1×10 } {16.0×10 } {23.5×10 } {25.3×10 } {33.3×10 }
2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.37×10 1.47×10 3.63×10 5.53×10 4.06×10 5.94×10 6.26×10 8.26×10
1/180∼1/200 GD 2
{kgf・m2} {5.46×10 } {5.87×10 } {14.5×10 } {22.1×10 } {16.3×10 } {23.8×10 } {25.1×10 } {33.1×10 }
-3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
2
Reduction ratio Inertia moment kg・m 1.43×10-3 1.53×10-3 3.83×10-3 5.72×10-3 4.10×10-3 5.98×10-3 6.30×10-3 8.30×10-3
1/240∼1/300 GD
2 2 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
{kgf・m } {5.72×10 } {6.13×10 } {15.3×10 } {22.9×10 } {16.4×10 } {23.9×10 } {25.2×10 } {33.2×10 }
Note) Common to foot mount, face mount, and hollow shaft types.
269
Technical information
4. GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, MINI series (・SI unit: Inertia moment ・Gravity unit: GD2)
Three-phase, non-brake Single-phase, non-brake Three-phase, brake-type Single-phase, brake-type
Motor
Inertia moment GD2 Inertia moment GD2 Inertia moment GD2 Inertia moment GD2
capacity
kg・m2 {kgf・m2} kg・m 2
{kgf・m2} kg・m2 {kgf・m2} kg・m2 {kgf・m2}
40W 1.84×10−4 {7.35×10−4} 2.07×10 −4 {8.27×10 −4}
1.86×10−4 {7.45×10−4} 2.09×10−4 {8.37×10−4}
60W 1.62×10−4 {6.46×10−4} 1.93×10−4 {7.73×10−4} 1.64×10−4 {6.56×10−4} 1.96×10−4 {7.83×10−4}
90W 2.15×10−4 {8.61×10−4} 1.93×10−4 {7.73×10−4} 2.18×10−4 {8.71×10−4} ― ―
Technical information
1/200 0.24∼1.46 0.15∼1.23 0.12∼1.12 0.11∼0.98 0.11∼0.90 0.09∼0.76 0.09∼0.51(0.09∼0.30) 0.09∼0.51(0.09∼0.30)
1/240 0.14∼1.20 0.11∼1.09 0.11∼0.95 0.08∼0.84 0.07∼0.73 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26) 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26) 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26)
1/300 0.14∼1.19 0.11∼1.09 0.11∼0.95 0.08∼0.84 0.07∼0.73 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26) 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26) 0.09∼0.47(0.09∼0.26)
Note 1) The above values are calculated values.
Note 2) Common to foot mount, face mount, and hollow shaft types.
Note 3) However, a value in ( ) of ■ section is a hollow shaft value.
■ About self-lock
In the worm reducer (croise motor), when removing the input shaft (motor shaft) from the output shaft of the reducer is attempted in static
condition, the input shaft (motor shaft) does not start rotating. This effect is called "self-lock (automatic tightening)." Although the input
Technical data
shaft (motor shaft) revolves, large force is required for the output shaft. This effect is called "self-lock feature" or "braking effect". This "self
lock (automatic tightening)" effect is determined by the lead angle (lead angle), the tooth surface condition, and lubricating oil.
With our standard specification worm reducer (croise motor), distinctive "self-lock (automatic tightening)" effect at static condition can be
expected when the reduction ratio of one step of the worm gear is 1/50 or 1/60. In other reduction ratio (1/10 to 1/40), "self-lock nature"
and "braking effect" can be expected.
However, the effect of "self-lock (automatic tightening" sometimes decreases when shock or vibration is applied. If a certain reversal
prevention is necessary, we recommend to surely prepare the brake separately.
In addition, when the motor is used for applications that has large load inertia (such as travelling and turning device), quick braking due to
self-lock and self-lock nature occurs, which is very dangerous. In these applications, select 1/10 to 1/20 reduction ratio in the worm gear.
270
Technical data
■ Double-stage reduction
1 11 13 15 16 3 14 9 6 2 10 12 q Motor
w L case
e M bracket
r First-stage wheel
t Second shaft pinion
y Output shaft wheel
u Metal (second shaft M bracket side)
i Metal (second shaft L case side)
o Metal (output shaft M bracket side)
!0 Bearing (output shaft L case side)
5 !1 Bearing (motor shaft load side)
!2 Oil seal (output side)
8 !3 Oil seal (motor shaft)
!4 O-ring
4 !5 Filter
!6 Shim
7
■ Three-stage reduction 1 16 18 21 20 3 19 12 8 2 15 17 9
q Motor
w L case
e M bracket
r First-stage wheel
t Second shaft pinion
y Second stage wheel
u Third shaft pinion
i Third stage wheel
o Output shaft
!0 Metal (second shaft M bracket side)
!1 Metal (second shaft L case side)
5 !2 Metal (output shaft M bracket side)
!3 Bearing (third shaft M bracket side)
11
!4 Bearing (third shaft L case side)
14 !5 Bearing (output shaft L case side)
!6 Bearing (motor shaft load side)
11 13 !7 Oil seal (output side)
!8 Oil seal (motor shaft)
!9 O ring
@0 Filter
@1 Shim
4 6 7
Technical information
q Motor
■ Four-stage reduction w L case
e M bracket
r H bracket
1 22 26 25 3 23 24 26 25 15 t First-stage wheel pinion
10 2 19 21 11
y Second stage wheel
u Third shaft pinion
i Third stage wheel
o Fourth shaft pinion
!0 Fourth stage wheel
!1 Output shaft
!2 Metal (second shaft H bracket side)
!3 Plametal (third shaft M bracket side)
Technical data
271
Technical information
■ Inline type
18 19
q L case
w M bracket
e R bracket
r Pinion with input shaft
t First-stage wheel
y Second-shaft pinion
u Second stage wheel
i Output shaft
o Plametal (output shaft M bracket side)
!0 Bearing (input shaft R bracket side)
!1 Bearing(Input shaft M bracket side)
!2 Bearing (second shaft M bracket side)
!3 Bearing (second shaft L case side)
!4 Bearing (output shaft L case side)
!5 Oil seal (output side)
!6 Oil seal (input shaft)
!7 O-ring
!8 Filter
!9 Shim
■ Adapter type
18 19
q L case
w M bracket
e Motor flange
r Adapter input shaft pinion
t First-stage wheel
y Second-shaft pinion
u Second stage wheel
Technical information
i Output shaft
o Plametal (output shaft M bracket side)
!0 Bearing (input shaft motor flange side)
!1 Bearing(input shaft M bracket side)
!2 Bearing (second shaft M bracket side)
!3 Bearing (second shaft L case side)
!4 Bearing (output shaft L case side)
!5 Oil seal (output side)
!6 Oil seal (input shaft)
!7 O-ring
!8 Filter
Technical data
!9 Shim
272
Technical data
13
20
16
22 23 18 16 21 7
21 2
13
1 4 17 19 5 6
12 7
14 15
8
Technical information
16
11
18 18
16
23 22 23
Technical data
273
Technical information
■ Adapter type
q L case
w Motor flange
e Matching flange
r Adapter input shaft pinion
t First-stage wheel
20 19
y Second-stage pinion
u Output shaft wheel
i Second shaft
o Cover
!0 Bearing (input shaft case side)
Technical information
!1 Bearing (input shaft motor flange side)
!2 Bearing (second shaft cover side)
!3 Bearing (second shaft case side)
!4 Bearing (output shaft)
!5 Oil seal (input shaft)
!6 Oil seal (output side)
!7 Seal cap
!8 O-ring
!9 Filter
@0 Shim
Technical data
274
Technical data
3. CROISE MOTOR
№ Part name
■ Hollow shaft type )1 Case
)2 Worm
CSMA series )3 Worm wheel
)4 Output shaft
18 15 12 08 07 08 17 13 14 06 11 03 04 01 11 06 14 13
)5 M flange
)6 Exit bearing support III
)7 Filter
)8 Shim I
)9 Bearing (input shaft load side)
!0 Bearing (input shaft anti-load side)
!1 Bearing (output shaft)
!2 Oil seal (input shaft)
!3 Oil seal (output side)
!4 Hex socket head cap bolt
!5 Spring washer
!6 Hole plug
!7 Parallel key square
!8 Bearing (motor shaft load side)
!9 Snap ring
05 19 19 09 02 16 10
№ Part name
■ Hollow shaft type )1 Case
)2 Rotor shaft helical pinion
HCMA series )3 First stage helical gear
)4 Second stage worm
)5 Second stage worm wheel
22 13 24 23 24 02 14 20 08 12 09 05 01 06 12 08 20 14 )6 Output shaft
)7 M flange
)8 Exit bearing support III
)9 Exit collar
!0 Bearing (input shaft load side)
!1 Bearing (input shaft anti-load side)
!2 Bearing (output shaft)
!3 Oil seal (input shaft)
!4 Oil seal (output side)
!5 Jig snap ring
!6 Jig snap ring
Technical information
Note) The above structure drawings are representative drawings. Detailed specification varies in each model number. Please consult us for
details.
275
Technical information
№ Part name
■ Foot mount type 07 06 09 16 11 17 11 14 10 13 15 08 01 03 04 08 13 15 10 14 )1 Case
)2 Rotor worm
CSMA series )3 Worm wheel
)4 Output shaft
)5 M flange
)6 Packing
)7 Bearing (input shaft)
)8 Bearing (output shaft)
)9 Oil seal (input shaft)
!0 Oil seal (output side)
!1 Shim
!3 Hole retaining ring
!4 Parallel key square
!7 Filter
12 05 02
№ Part name
■ Foot mount type Case
Worm
CSMA series Worm wheel
Output shaft
20 21 17 22 23 01 07 12 09 03 15 12 09 06 14 16 04 M flange
Output bearing support
Output bearing support
Shim
Shim
⑩ Bearing (input shaft load side)
⑪ Bearing (input shaft anti-load side)
⑫ Bearing (output shaft load side)
⑬ Oil seal (input shaft)
⑭ Oil seal (output shaft)
⑮ Parallel key angle
⑯ Parallel key angle
⑰ Pressure vent
⑱ Oil gauge
⑲ Base
⑳ Motor
Bearing (motor shaft load side)
05 13 08 10 02 11 18 19 Wave washer
Filter
Technical information
№ . Part name
■ Foot mount type Case
Rotor shaft helical pinion
HCMA series First-stage helical gear
Second-stage worm
26 24 14 27 22 02 01 09 13 25 05 20 13 25 08 15 21 06 Second-stage worm wheel
Output shaft
M flange
Output bearing support
Output bearing support
⑩ Base
⑪ Bearing (input shaft load side)
⑫ Bearing (input shaft anti-load side)
⑬ Bearing (output shaft load side)
⑭ Oil seal (input shaft)
Technical data
Note) The above structure drawings are representative drawings. Detailed specification varies in each model number. Please consult us for details.
276
Technical data
q Case
w M bracket
e Motor frame
r Rotor
t Stator
y Motor pinion
u First-stage wheel
i Second shaft pinion
o Second-stage wheel
!0 Third shaft pinion
!1 Third-stage wheel
!2 Output shaft
!3 O ring
!4 Filter
!5 Ball bearing
!6 Ball bearing
!7 Ball bearing
!8 Ball bearing
!9 Ball bearing
@0 Metal
@1 Oil seal
@2 Oil seal
q Case
w Cover
e Motor frame
r Rotor
t Stator
y Motor pinion
u First-stage wheel
i Second shaft pinion
o Second-stage wheel
!0 Third shaft pinion
!1 Third-stage wheel
!2 Hollow output shaft
!3 Ball bearing
Technical information
!4 Ball bearing
!5 Ball bearing
!6 Ball bearing
!7 Ball bearing
!8 Ball bearing
!9 Filter
@0 Oil seal
@1 Oil seal
@2 gasket
Technical data
277
Technical information
■ Brake structure
1. For three-phase 0.1 kW to 2.2 kW: GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and CROISE MOTOR
One-touch manual release type is also available as an option. Refer to page 285 for details.
SLB brake
1. Anti-load bracket with yoke
9 8 6 5 7 4 3 2 1 1918 9 8 6 5 7 4 3 2 1 1918 2. Coil
10 10
12 11 3. Armature
13 12 4. Spring retainer
14 13 5. Braking plate
14 6. Shaft nut
7. Collar
8. Guide bolt
B1 U V W B2 9. Lining
10. Fan cover
11. Fan (no fan in the upper figure.)
12. Angle hub
13. Snap ring
14. Key
1516 17 15. Spring pin
15 16 17
16. Braking spring
Gear motor, hypoid motor Gear motor, hypoid motor 17. Fan cover set screw
[Three-phase 0.1 kW] [Three-phase 0.2 kW ∼ 2.2 kW] 18. DC module
Croise motor 19. Close-end connector
[Three-phase 0.1 kW ∼ 2.2 kW]
※ Manual release (standard equipment) Braking plate hole to insert M5 screw (2 sections)
is applied.
Brake gap
Remove the fan cover and attach the screws.
After completion of operation, be sure to
remove the screws, attach the fan cover, and
then start operating.
Technical information
6. Anti-load bracket 16. Fan cover
7. Stud bolt 17. Snap ring
8. Liner 18. Key
9. Distance collar 19. DC module
10. Protection liner 20. Close-end connector
17 18 14 3 5 12 6 19 20
278
Option
■ GEAR MOTOR
Flange
When mounting the face mount type to the flange, use an S flange or an M flange. (Material: Cast iron made)
279
Technical information
■ HYPOID MOTOR
1. Shaft end cover
For the hollow shaft type, a cover for opposite of the mounting side is provided.
It is applicable to the adapter type and the inline type. (Material: Polypropylene resin made, Green)
HMTA075-35H5∼45H200
φ69
HM90CAP
※Note 1 HMTA150-45H5∼80
φ89
φ90
φ96
HMTA220-45H5∼60
HMTA100-30H5∼35H1200
φ70
HMTA200-30H5∼45H1200
HMTA040-55H600∼1200
HMTA075-55H300∼480
HMTA150-55H100∼200
HM140CAP
HMTA220-55H80∼120
HM70CAP HM90CAP HM140CAP HMTA370-55H5∼60
HMTA550-55H5∼40
Note1) Paint color CO (light gray) for HM70CAP
and HM90CAP is also available.
2. Torque arm
For the hollow shaft type, a torque arm used for on-shaft mounting is available.
It is applicable to the adapter type and the inline type. (Material: SS400)
Unit: mm
Technical information
Model number Application model A B C D H L R1 R2 R3 φZ1 φZ2 Bolt Board thickness t
HMTA010-20H5∼120 M10
HM100TA 100 62 38 70 82 126 9 11 37 9 11 4.5
HMTA020-20H5∼60 recommended
HMTA010-30H160∼480
HMTA020-30H80∼200
M12
HM150TA HMTA040-30H5∼50 150 103 47 88 129 157 11 15 47 11 13 6
recommended
HMTA100-30H5∼480
HMTA200-30H5∼200
HMTA010-35H600∼1200
HMTA020-35H300∼480
HMTA040-35H60∼200 M16
HM200TA 200 142 58 106 171 188 12 17 47 13 17 6
HMTA075-35H5∼50 recommended
HMTA100-35H600∼1200
HMTA200--35H300∼480
HMTA020-45H600∼1200
Option
HMTA040-45H300∼480
HMTA075-45H60∼200 M20
HM250TA 250 177 73 123 214 228 16 21 ― 17 21 9
HMTA150-45H5∼80 recommended
HMTA220-45H5∼60
HMTA200-45H600∼1200
HMTA040-55H600∼1200
HMTA075-55H300∼480
HMTA150-55H100∼200 M20
HM350TA 350 245 105 182 293 331 22 26 ― 22 22 9
HMTA220-55H80∼120 recommended
HMTA370-55H5∼60
HMTA550-55H5∼40
280
Option
■ CROISE MOTOR(When the frame numbers are the same, the same size of shaft end cover can be used commonly for both CSMA and HCMA series.)
1. Shaft end cover
For the hollow shaft type of the croise motor, a cover for opposite of the mounting side is available. (Material: SS400) Unit:mm
<Mounting example> Model number Frame number φA B C
Model number: CSM22CAP B
CSM13CAP 13 49 20 18
CSM16CAP 16 61 20 18
CSM22CAP 22 74 20 18
C
φA
CSM28CAP 28 84 20 18
CSM32CAP 32 97 26 23
CSM40CAP 40 110 26 23
CSM50CAP 50 140 31 28
2. Torque arm
For the hollow shaft type, a torque arm used for on-shaft mounting is available. (Material: SS400) Unit:mm
<Mounting example> Reducer B Bolt Tightening torque Mass
Model number: CSM50TA Model number A φC φD E F φJ φK M degree T
M° M°
frame number PCD size N・m {kgf・m} kg
8-φK
M°
φC
PCD
B CSM16TA 16 105 96 111 81 15 27 11 6.6 35゜ 6 M6×18 11 {1.1} 0.4
φD
M°
M° M°
CSM32TA 32 200 160 190 130 25 45 16 14 30゜ 9 M12×30 118 {12} 1.9
CSM40TA 40 250 200 230 170 30 50 18 14 30゜ 9 M12×30 118 {12} 2.6
E
φJ
F T
CSM50TA 50 320 250 286 214 30 50 20 17 30゜ 12 M14×40 186 {19} 4.1
3. Base
For the face mount L type and hollow shaft type, a base for mounting the base and the flange are available. Unit:mm
<Flange mounting example> Reducer Bolt Tightening torque Mass
Model number: CSM13BA Model number A B C D E F G H φI φJ φK L
E
4-φJ
B
4-φI Flange surface R side Flange surface L side frame number size N・m {kgf・m} kg
F D
CSM13BA 13 104 88 86 70 30 9 45.8 65.5 5.5 6.6 50 55 M5×16 6.3 {0.64} 0.2
φ
K
CSM16BA 16 127 106 105 84 36 11 55.0 78.6 6.6 9 60 66 M6×20 11 {1.1} 0.3
C
G
A
L
<Base mounting example 2> CSM22BA 22 166 136 140 110 41 14 73.4 104.8 9 11 80 88 M8×25 26 {2.6} 0.5
H
CSM28BA 28 204 170 170 136 45 15 91.8 131.0 11 15 100 110 M10×30 51 {5.2} 0.9
<Base mounting example 1>
Flange surface R side
(Opposite side is a flange
CSM32BA 32 196 196 160 160 38 16 80.0 138.6 14 15 98 114 M12×35 118 {12} 1.9
surface L side)
※Additional work for the case is required. CSM40BA 40 230 230 190 190 47 18 100.0 173.0 14 17 110 124 M12×35 118 {12} 3.5
Technical information
Case bottom side CSM50BA 50 286 286 238 238 55 22 125.0 216.5 17 19 140 154 M14×40 186 {19} 7.0
■ MINI series
1. Shaft end cover 2. Torque arm
For the hollow shaft type, attach to the shaft end that is opposite of the mounting side. On-shaft mounting torque arm for hollow shaft type.
R38
φ50
φ42
φ56
φ48
281
Technical information
■ Supporting voltage
1. 400V class Double voltage [Option code: V]
Motor that supports three ratings of 400V class, which are 400V/50 Hz, 400V/60 Hz, and 440V/60 Hz.
2. 400V class Different voltage [Option code: V1, V2, V3, and V4]
Motor that supports different voltages of three ratings in 400V class (380V, 415V, 420V, and 460V).
Note) Croise motor with 5.5 kW is available only in CSMA series. For HCMA series, consult us for details.
Technical information
Supporting capacities: 0.1 kW to 5.5 kW
○ Standard products
△ Made-to-order products
Note
50Hz ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
210V Note
60Hz ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Croise motor
Note
220V 50Hz ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ △
Note
50Hz ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
230V Note
60Hz ○ ○ ○ △ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Note) Croise motor with 5.5 kW is available only in CSMA series. For HCMA series, consult us for details.
282
Option
︶ 80
50 %
︵
Output torque
50
6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120
6 10 20 40 60 80 100 120
Output frequency (Hz)
Output frequency (Hz)
For the output torque (%), set the rated torque at 100% with the motor at 60 Hz.
* For the output torque (%), set the rated torque at 100% with (Set the base frequency at 60 Hz.)
Motor capacity
Series Voltage Code
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW 5.5kW
Note 1) Rated voltage〔0.1kW∼0.75kW:200V class=200/220V 60Hz, 400V class=400/440V 60Hz〕 ○ Standard products △ Made-to-order products
〔1.5kW∼5.5kW:200V class=200/60Hz, 400V class=400/60Hz〕
Note 2) Croise motor with 5.5 kW is available only for CSMA series. For HCMA series, consult us for details.
・ A range from 60 to 120 Hz is a specific range for constant horsepower as the standard motor. The output torque is restricted here.
Therefore, be careful with the load torque.
・ For the input voltage from the inverter to the motor, set the output voltage of the inverter by setting the base frequency and base
voltage of the inverter, as the voltage and the frequency on the name plate can be surely obtained. (In case of invertor motors, the
base frequency has to be 60 Hz.) In addition, do not directly connect the inverter motor without an inverter. The current drastically
increases by the voltage change. (However, an operation only for a short period of time, such as in test run or in emergency case, is
excluded.) In addition, this phenomenon appears often in 50 Hz.
・ Set the base frequency of the inverter at 60 Hz for sure.
・ When 100% torque is necessary in low frequency range, apply torque boost to the inverter when necessary. Avoid operating
continuously and for a long time while applying too much torque boost. Overheat may occur.
Option
・ The motor may resonate in specific revolution speed and frequency. When operating the motor continuously, avoid resonance
frequency by changing the setting of inverter carrier frequency.
・ When the load is light in a situation such as a test run, the current value may be indicated largely in low-frequency range. This
happens due to the motor characteristic and is not abnormal. By changing the inverter setting (lower the torque boost, lower the V/
F ratio, and torque vector control), the current value can be decreased.
・ To protect the motor from overheating, use the electric thermal by setting for the inverter motor specification or set a thermal relay
between the inverter and the motor.
・ For the brake-type, refer to the wiring diagram (263 to 265) . When braking in the high speed range above 60Hz, mechanical
damage and abnormal abrasion of the brake lining occur. Be sure to operate at 60 Hz or lower.
283
Technical information
Cover PF1/2
(Cable max. dia. φ18)
59
33
10
Technical information
Compatible cable diameter: φ9 to φ14
Ground attachment section: PF1/2 83(126) 98
40W
60W 91(134) 106
90W 91(134) 106
Terminal box mounting position can be
A value in ( ) indicates the dimension of
changed to the lower side by inverting
brake-type.
180 . If a change is necessary, inform 1/160 to 1/240 of gear motor mini series in
us at time of order. 40W is 109 mm in B dimension.
284
Option
]
- Terminal box structure All structures are same as the outdoor specification terminal box.
- Position and outlet direction change
Three-phase 0.1 kW ∼ 2.2 kW: SLB brake Three-phase 3.7 kW: VNB brake ※ CROISE MOTOR excluded
Arm for one-touch release Arm for one-touch release
Operation Operation
Motor
Release
Release
Technical information
Fan cover
In 0.1 kW type, the longer direction of the fan cover is 25-mm longer than other types.
285
Technical information
1/5∼1/200 96 15
0.4 kW 179
1/300∼1/1200 61.5 15
1/5∼1/200 99 15
PF3/4 screw 0.75 kW 188
1/300∼1/450 57.5 15
Note 1) 0.1 kW motor is same as 0.2 kW motor frame. Frame number of the reduction section is also same as 0.2 kW. Therefore, the exterior and external dimension are same as 0.2 kW.
Note 2) The mounting posture of the motor with 0.1 kW and 0.2 kW reduction rate of 1/300 or higher is rotated for 15° counterclockwise when compared to motors with 01/200 or smaller. Therefore, the size of ≪ P ≫ is different.
Note 3) ≪ X ≫ dimension is the one near the motor center.
■ Brake 400V direct input specifications (when operating separately from 400V AC)
Capacity of 0.1 kW ∼ 0.75 kW. Direct input of 400V to the brake is available, and 200V power supply is unnecessary in a separate operation.
Brake parts also changes. If such change is necessary, inform us at time of order. (DC module is integrated in the hard terminal box.).
Brake specification
Capacity Brake model number DC module model number Voltage Wiring of AC separate operation (400V)
0.1kW SLB01 (180V) MC OCR
U
Power supply
AC440V W
0.4kW SLB04 (180V) DM400D DC180V Black
MCa Orange
AC380V
0.55kW SLB04 (180V) DM400D
∼
AC440V Orange
0.75kW SLB07 (180V) Blue Blue
O-ring
HYPOID MOTOR, GEAR MOTOR Screw
Spacer
・0.2kW ∼ 0.75kW [Option code: BWC]
Joint
・0.1kW, 1.5kW, 2.2kW [Option code: BW] Oil seal
Fan
・0.1kW ∼ 0.75kW [Option code: BWC]
Option
Fan cover
Capacity
Note
Protection type IP65 JPW44
Motor capacity 0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW 0.55kW 0.75kW 1.5kW 2.2kW 3.7kW
HYPOID MOTOR ● ● ● − ● ● ● ●
GEAR MOTOR ● ● ● − ● ● ● ●
Note Note Note
CROISE MOTOR ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Note) The protection format of the croise motor HCMA series 0.4 kW (reduction ratio: 1/240 to 1/300), 0.55 kW (reduction ratio: 1/180
to 1/300), and 0.75 kW (reduction ratio: 1/90 to 1/300) is IP54, as the pressure vent is applied to the reduction section.
286
Option Technical information
Type number Reduction rate Corresponding hole diameter Type number Reduction rate Corresponding hole diameter Type number Reduction rate Corresponding hole diameter
CSMA010-130H 10 ∼ 60 φ12 ∼ 20 HCMA010-16 * H 40 ∼ 200 φ16 ∼ 25 HCMA075-28 * H 40 ∼ 75 φ28 ∼ 40
CSMA020-130H 10 ∼ 60 φ12 ∼ 20 HCMA010-22 * H 240 ∼ 300 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA075-32 * H 90 ∼ 150 φ35 ∼ 50
CSMA040-160H 10 ∼ 30 φ16 ∼ 25 HCMA020-16 * H 40 ∼ 75 φ16 ∼ 25 HCMA075-40 * H 180 ∼ 200 φ40 ∼ 55
CSMA040-220H 40 ∼ 60 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA020-22 * H 90 ∼ 200 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA075-50 * H 240 ∼ 300 φ48 ∼ 70
CSMA055-160H 10 ∼ 30 φ16 ∼ 25 HCMA020-28 * H 240 ∼ 300 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA150-32 * H 40 ∼ 50 φ35 ∼ 50
CSMA055-220H 40 ∼ 60 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA040-22 * H 40 ∼ 75 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA150-40 * H 60 ∼ 120 φ40 ∼ 55
CSMA075-220H 10 ∼ 30 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA040-28 * H 90 ∼ 200 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA150-50 * H 150 ∼ 300 φ48 ∼ 70
CSMA075-280H 40 ∼ 60 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA040-32 * H 240 ∼ 300 φ35 ∼ 50 HCMA220-40 * H 40 ∼ 75 φ40 ∼ 55
CSMA150-280H 10 ∼ 30 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA055-22 * H 40 ∼ 50 φ22 ∼ 30 HCMA220-50 * H 90 ∼ 300 φ48 ∼ 70
CSMA150-32 * H 40 ∼ 60 φ35 ∼ 50 HCMA055-28 * H 60 ∼ 150 φ28 ∼ 40 HCMA370-50 * H 40 ∼ 300 φ48 ∼ 70
CSMA220-32 * H 10 ∼ 40 φ35 ∼ 50 HCMA055-32 * H 180 ∼ 200 φ35 ∼ 50
Option
HMTA010-30H400SRN
<HYPOID MOTOR> <0.1 kW> <Hollow shaft> <Reduction ratio> <CE correspondence>
1/400
Features
● The special shock relay is integrated, and operation is available only by the motor power supply connection. The control panel is not necessary.
● It detects the motor current value and immediately stops the motor directly. Therefore, the sequence circuit is not necessary.
● By using trip codes (1c contact point), it turns on the alarm lamp or stops the motor.
● After removing the overload cause, simply turning on the power turns on the motor.
● Ready for CE
Note) It is not available to use in inverter operations.
※ Load current and shock time can be set only before shipping at our site. Consult us for set values.
Supporting capacity Terminal box dimension(Dimensions other than terminal box section are same as those of standard model.)
2−φ21
200V class (Non-brake
type) X 49.5 126.5 121 Unit: mm
Hypoid motor
Croise motor Motor
0.1kW 0.2kW 0.4kW X
Gear motor Rubber cap
Capacity
5.5 28.5
○ ○ ○
0.1kW 3
131
106
102
0.2kW 41
0.4kW 41
α Environmental condition
PLUS
289
Technical information
HMTA040-35H120K
<Hypoid motor> <0.4 kW> <Hollow shaft> <Reduction ratio>
1/120
Keyless specification
Features
● Key groove process of the driven shaft is unnecessary, and reduction of parts number and reduction of manpower for installation are available.
● As there is no key, phase matching is not required, and mounting and removal of the reducer become easy.
● Due to its strong friction tightening, prevention for slipping out and loosening are not required, and there is no backlashing with the driven shaft.
● Special shaft-end cover is provided. (Hypoid motor: 01. to 0.4 kW, 0.75 kW-1/5 to 1/50 only).
&
'
Ǿ#
Ǿ%
Ǿ5
&TKXGPUJCHV
&
Unit: mm
Capacity Power lock Tightening torque MA Option
Reduction ratio φS φA φC E D B Bolt size
kW H7
model number N・m{kgf・m} Shaft end cover
1/5∼1/120 20 30 60 31 122.5 118 PL030×060SL M5×18 4.9 {0.5} HM70CAP
0.1
1/160∼1/200 30 36 72 38 160 150 PL036×072SL M6×20 11.8 {1.2} HM90CAP-PL
Technical information
1/5∼1/60 20 30 60 31 122.5 118 PL030×060SL M5×18 4.9 {0.5} HM70CAP
0.2
1/80∼1/200
30 36 72 38 160 150 PL036×072SL M6×20 11.8 {1.2}
1/5∼1/50
0.4
1/60∼1/200
35 44 80 40 188 178 PL044×080SL M6×20 11.8 {1.2} HM90CAP-PL
1/5∼1/50
0.75
1/60∼1/200
45 55 100 45 210 200 PL055×100SL M6×25 11.8 {1.2}
1.5 1/5∼1/80
Note 1) The driven shaft to be coupled to the hypoid motor hollow shaft should have a dimensional tolerance of φS h6, a finish length of dimension E or longer and a
surface roughness of 12S or less. The finished surface of the driven shaft should be located within the range indicated by E.
Note 2) For 0.1 to 0.4 kW and 1/5 to 1/50 of 0.75 kW, a special shaft-end cover is available.
38
19
Capacity: 0.1kW to 1.5kW
α
PLUS
φ76
φ90
φ69
φ70
φ97
HM70CAP HM90CAP-PL
290
PLUS α series
3 5 8 4 9 7 6 2 1 Dimension
1. Motor
Connecting dimensions are the same as the standard units.
2. Non-load bracket with yoke
3. Fan cover The total length becomes longer to the
4. Encoder mounting plate brake-type as shown in the following table.
5. Encoder
6. Mounting screw Motor output kw Fan cover extension +Amm
7. Motor shaft 0.1 61
8. Mounting screw
0.2、0.4 45
9. Fan (0.2kW or higher)
Standard item+Amm 0.75 43
1.5、2.2 37
291
Technical information
Pulsacion specifications
Features
● Dimension is almost same as the standard GEAR MOTOR
● Supports outdoor and waterproof specifications
● Speed control, position control, and overload detection are available.
Hall element
Encoder specification
Supporting capacity
Technical information
Motor capacity: 0.1kW to 3.7kW ※ Brake type, please contact us.
Features
● Automatic recovery (re-engagement) occurs after removing the cause of overload and rotate the driving side.
● Due to special arrangement of balls and pockets, engagement occurs at one position.
● Turning the adjusting nut allows free adjustment of the trip torque.
● By combining the non-contact type sensor, detecting overload and outputting stop and alarm of the motor become available.
● By making a unit, reducing the number of parts and operation work hours.
➡
6: O-ring
7: Shaft nut
8: Shaft washer
9: Parallel key
10: Hollow shaft 8
Technical information
9 2 3 10
Note) In some cases, the value on the specification chart (Items 145 to 148) is higher than the value on the Torque
correlation diagram. When setting the trip torque, be sure to set within the trip torque range.
¡In normal operations, no noise and vibration occur. However, when there is an unexpected overload, large noise and vibration
may occur. In that case, immediately stop operating the device. In this case, using the TG sensor is recommended.
3. Recovery
¡Because the device is applying the self-recovery method, just restarting the driving side of the motor automatically resets the device.
(1) When the overload protection device is operated due to an overload, stop the revolution and remove the cause of the overload.
(2) When recovering the device, reset (re-engage) by input revolution count of 50 r/min. or lower or by motor inching.
If smooth resetting is difficult, conduct inching by applying a certain amount of load.
Avoid resetting by manually rotating the overload protection device and shaft. It is dangerous.
(3) When the ball is inserted to the pocket, a click sound occurs.
293
Technical information
C1 C2
C3
L
Screw×pitch L2
L1 L3
M
N R
φS1
φS
φJ
φI
(C)
Unit: mm
Reducer frame
number 13 16 22 28 32 40 50
C 111 133 169 215 226 290 340
C1 109.5 131.5 167 212.5 221 288 331
C2 1.5 1.5 2 2.5 5 2 9
C3 39 46 60 75 79 89 109
φI 69 79 100 125 125 166 200
φJ 25 30 38 48 59 65 80
L 119.5 141.5 178 225.5 237 304 348
L1 11 13 14 18 19 28 30
L2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
L3 106.5 126.5 162 205.5 216 273 315
M 16.5 – 00.1 21– 00.2 26 – 00.2 0
35 – 0.2 44.5 – 00.2 0
49 – 0.2 0
62.5 – 0.2
N 27 34 38 52 59 78 86
R 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5
φS (g7) 20 25 30 40 50 55 70
φS1 18 22 27 37 47 52 66
W (N9) 6 8 8 12 14 16 20
Shaft end screw × pitch M20 × 1.0 M25 × 1.5 M30 × 1.5 M40 × 1.5 M50 × 1.5 M55 × 2.0 M70 × 2.0
Washer shaft nut AN AW 04 AN AW 05 AN AW 06 AN AW 08 AN AW 10 AN AW 11 AN AW 14
Key size 6 × 6 × 11r 8 × 7 × 15r 8 × 7 × 18r 12 × 8 × 27r 14 × 9 × 32r 16 × 10 × 40r 20 × 12 × 44r
Note) When the frame number of reducer is the same, the dimension is also the same. For dimensions of the front view, refer to the outline dimensions of the hollow shaft type of each series.
40 90 200
Trip torque[N·m]
Trip torque[N·m]
Trip torque[N·m]
180
30 80
160
20 70
Technical information
140
10 60 120
0 50 100
0 90 180 270 360 0 90 180 0 90 180 270
Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg] Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg] Shaft nut enclosing angle [deg]
Trip torque[N·m]
Trip torque[N·m]
350
500 800
300
400 600
250
1800
Trip torque[N·m]
600
Basic specifications
■ Motor protection level IP65 (IP55 is for 1.5kW and 2.2kW) ■ Painting color: Light silver metallic
■ Output shaft material S45C or SCM415 ■ Bolts exposed to outside are stainless steel made.
■ Terminal box Aluminum die cast made (40W ∼ 0.75 kW) (Excluding fixing bolts for the reducer case.)
Steel plate made (1.5 kW, 2.2 kW) ■ Fan cover Resin made (0.2 kW ∼ 0.75 kW)
■ Urethane painting Steel plate made (1.5 kW, 2.2 kW)
Note) Specification values of each type are same as the standard type. Refer to the specification chart of each series.
IP65: it indicates the protection level for motor waterproof test and entrance of foreign objects. It has a structure that is bearable for jetted water from all directions.
※However, using in the water with high water pressure is not available. In addition, the anti-load side of the motor comes to the top side, please contact us.
Model lineup
GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, TA series 0.1 kW ∼ 2.2 kW
● Mounting method [Gear motor: Foot mount type, Flange type] [Hypoid motor: Hollow type, Foot mount type, Face mount type]
Reduction ratio 5 7.5 10 12.5 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75※1 100 120 165※2 200 300 360 450※3 600 720 10001200
0.1kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
0.2kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Three- 0.4kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
phase 0.75kW ▲ ▲ ▲ In case of hypoid motor
※1…1/80
1.5kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ :Standard item ※2…1/160
※3…1/480
2.2kW ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲:Items that can be produced.
Please contact us.
Note 1) Item with a brake is available as an option.
Note 2) Reduction ratio 1/7.5 and 1/12.5 are the hypoid motor TA series.
Technical information
Reduction ratio 1/5 1/8 1/10 1/15 1/20 1/25 1/30 1/40 1/50 1/60 1/80 1/100 1/120 1/160 1/200 1/240
40W
Three-phase
60W
Singlephase
※ ※ ※
90W
Note) Except for single-phase 90W (non-brake type, brake type) ※:Only for Hypoid motor, and a gear motor is excluded.
JUST-FIT MODEL
295
Technical information
Various options
Select options that meet the applications.
Coating
Brake Epoxy resin coating
Brake type (continuous rating) Highly resistant to chemicals. It is optimal when the
cleaning solution contains acid or alkali.
0.1 kW∼2.2 kW
Protection level: 0.1 kW∼0.75 kW IP65 Chlorinated rubber coating
1.5kW,2.2kW JPW44 High adhesiveness to the coating film and high
waterproof and anticorrosion properties.
* Coating color will be a color other than silver.
Hypoid motor
Output shaft V-ring specification Keyless coupling
(Hollow type)
[Power lock type]
The oil seal at the output shaft is protected from the outer environment.
0.1 kW∼0.75 kW
By attaching a power lock to the special hollow shaft, keyless coupling can be
conducted. Thus, key groove processing is not required, and mounting/removal
operation becomes easier. Countermeasures against loosening and falling out are not
required. Backlash between the driven shaft and the hollow shaft does not occur.
Technical information
For information about other options above, please consult us.
B1 U V W B2
90
JUST-FIT MODEL
Cover PF1/2
(Cable max. dia. φ18)
59
33
10
296
JUST-FIT MODEL
Specifications
■Output shaft torques of all models are the same as the
standard product (no limitation).
■External dimension of all models are the same as the those of
standard products.
■DC module of a brake-type (special product) is an individual
type, and install separately at the place with environmental
temperature of 40℃ or lower.
Note) Inverter operation is not available.
Inverter motor type is not supported.
Model lineup
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Non-brake, Brake-type
Reduction rate 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
0.1kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
0.2kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Technical information
Three- 0.4kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
phase 0.75kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
1.5kW △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ ○:Supports both non-brake and brake type
2.2kW △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △:Supports only non-brake type.
0.2kW
Three- 0.4kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
phase 0.75kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
1.5kW △ ─ △ ─ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △
2.2kW △ ─ △ ─ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △
Note 1) The types below are not supported. Mounting method - hollow shaft type: ○:Supports both non-brake and brake type
20H, Foot mount type: 19L, 24L, 30L, △:Supports only non-brake type.
Face mount type: 22U ※Reduction ratio: 7.5 and 12.5 has hollow shaft type only.
Note 2) Mounting method - hollow shaft type: 55H, Foot mount type: 50L, Face
mount type: 50U Pressure-vent is attached, and are design-stock type.
297
Technical information
Specifications
■Output shaft torques of all models are the same as the those
of standard product (no limitation).
■Terminal box is a hard terminal box or steel-plate made.
■Fan cover is steel-plate made.
■Brake-type has fully-enclosed cover type.
■For solvent paint specification, painting is outdoor
specification.
Note 1) External condensation bolt is the same as that
of standard specification.
Note 2) After a long-time stoppage, no load loss at the
re-start up becomes large.
Model lineup
GEAR MOTOR TA series
Non-brake, Brake-type
Reduction rate 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 120 165 200 300 360 450 600 720 1000 1200
0.1kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
0.2kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Technical information
Three- 0.4kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
phase 0.75kW ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
1.5kW △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ ○:Supports both non-brake and brake type
2.2kW △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △:Supports only non-brake type
0.2kW
Three- 0.4kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
phase 0.75kW ○ ○※ ○ ○※ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
1.5kW △ ─ △ ─ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △
2.2kW △ ─ △ ─ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △ △
○:Supports both non-brake and brake type
△:Supports only non-brake type.
※Reduction ratio: 7.5 and 12.5 has hollow shaft type only.
298
JUST-FIT MODEL
B Brake-type
Z ZJ ZJV JC JCV JCVN
FS Food specification ZV JCN
J JV JVN Z ZV ZVQ
K Power lock type (For hollow type with standard hole diameter only) JN ZVM
⑧ Option code Z Inverter motor type V VN ZQ
N ZM
Waterproof specification (protection level IP65)
J V VN
※Urethane silver paint (antibacterial effect is not supported) VQ VQM
Waterproof continuous rating VM
JC N
(protection level IP55) ※Brake type only
Q
V 400V class (400/400/440V 50/50/60 Hz) M
V1 380V50Hz
V2 380V60Hz
Supplementary code (indicated on the second line of the model number)
JUST-FIT MODEL
* GMTA075-42 size is a molded case, spray paint (not supporting antibacterial effect) is 3.Hollow shaft hole, light and special ※HMTA hollow type only
applied. S1:φ20 S4:φ35
S2:φ25 S5:φ40
S3:φ30 S6:φ45
299
Technical information
HMTA 040 - 30 H 50 FD K
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦
● 0.2 kW is a totally-
enclosed type.
Easy cleaning!
Technical information
Option
Reduction ratio
0.2kW 0.4kW
Power supply 200/200/220V 50/60/60Hz
10
Number of poles 4
Protection format 0.2 kW - Totally-enclosed type (IP44), 0.4 kW - Totally-enclosed and fan-cooled type (IP44) 15
Cooling method 0.2 kW - Self-cooling type (IP410), 0.4 kW - Self-operated type (IP411) 20
Rating Continuous 25 30H
Insulation Class E
JUST-FIT MODEL
30
Reduction ratio 1/10∼1/200
Lubrication method H1 grease lubrication 40
Mounting method Hollow shaft type 50
Installation place Indoor location, where is not dusty and without water splash. 30H
60
Ambient temperature −20℃∼40℃
Ambient humidity 85% or lower (without dew condensation) 80
Altitude Altitude 1,000 m or lower 100
35H
Atmosphere Without corrosive gas, explosive gas, or vapor 120
Mounting direction Horizontal, vertical, or inclined surface without limitation of installation angle
160
Coating specification Antibacterial material contained powder baking coating, coating color: Munsell N7.5 (light grey)
Accessories Shaft end cover for hollow shaft 200
300
JUST-FIT MODEL
■ GLOBAL SERIES
GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, CROISE MOTOR
GLOBAL SERIES is the motor that is compatible to worldwide directives, regulations, and systems.
For Europe, CE specification motors, for the North America, UL specification motors, and or China, CCC
recognition motors are available.
In addition, "TRIPLE200" that meets 3 regulations of CE, UL, and CCC by only one motor is also available.
CE
EU(欧州)地域
In order to export products to EU market, "CE mark" that
indicates that the product meets the safety requirements
specified by EC directive of EU is necessary.
(CE conformity means that "CE mark" that
indicates the compatibility to CE directive is
EU countries attached on the product itself.
EU(欧州)経済国内 ▶“Declaration Conformity”
Self-declaration for conformity required for CE conformity is provided.
Objective directive: Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
(Low voltage directive)
Objective regulation: EN60034-1 (regulation regarding motors)
ULアメリカ
UL is an abbreviation for "Underwriters Laboratories Inc." U.S.
insurance companies laboratory. This is the representative
of safety test regulations in the United States.
UL conformity means that using the motor that
acquired this UL regulation is applied in the product and
カナダ the UL mark that satisfies the UL requlation is
United States, Canada attached to the product itself. C-UR model acquired the
美国、加拿大 recognition and conforms both UL and CSA regulations.
▶UL specifications
Objective standard: UL1004
Technical information
CCC
▶CCC conformity means
CCC is China Compulsory Certificate system and
is required to be indicated to prove the
conformity, in order to export small output
electric motor with 1.1 kW or lower.
JUST-FIT MODEL
中国
China ▶Use permission for CCC mark
中国 Recognition can be acquired by China Quality
Certification Center (CQC).
National standard: GB12350
301
Technical information
Technical information
Frequency 50/60/60 − (50/60/60) 50/50/50/60/60 − (50/50/50/60/60)
※0.55 kW is only for croise motors.
※Fabrication of dual voltage is possible. Please contact us for details.
※Outdoor specifications other than 1.5 kW or higher are IP44.
Terminal box
0.1kW to 0.75kW 1.5kW to 5.5 kW
Earth terminal
DC module (only for brake type)
Compatible cable diameter
φ9∼φ14 Earth terminal
B1 U
JUST-FIT MODEL
Terminal block
V
W B2
Cable ground
(PF1/2) Short cable U V W
Lead wire fixing screw
Lead wire fixing screw Terminal block
PF 3/4
(PF11-2 for 5.5kW)
302
JUST-FIT MODEL
DC module
(only for brake type)
PF1/2
JUST-FIT MODEL
303
Technical information
Earth terminal
※Resin-made terminal box specifications are the same as
DC module
(only for brake type) standard specifications.
Compatible cable diameter
φ9∼φ14
B1 U
V
W B2
Cable ground
JUST-FIT MODEL
(PF1/2)
304
JUST-FIT MODEL
Cover
B1 U V W B2
90
60.5
34.5
Earth terminal
10
(DC module)
Technical information
36
Compatible cable
diameter
φ9∼φ14
5. Other combinations
It is also available to combine any 2 regulations out of 3 regulations. For more information, contact our company.
Technical information
Finland 50 230 400
※Please note that a voltage may be different from the above even within the same country depending on the area.
306
Handling
This section describes about general handling of GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and CROISE
MOTOR. For details, refer to the instruction manual provided together with the product.
Drawing number
For inquiry, inform us of following information ① TYPE (model number) , ② RATIO (reduction ratio) ,
③ MFG.NO. (manufacturing number), ④ DRAWING.NO. (drawing number)
■ Storage
When the GEAR MOTORS is not used for a while, store the motor by taking care of the following points.
1. Storage place
Store at the clean and dry indoor location.
Technical information
Do not store outdoors or in a place with humidity, dust, severe temperature change, septic gas, etc.
2. Storage posture
At the time of shipping, packing and shipping are conducted by considering the mounting direction. Store
by keeping the mounting direction (up-down direction, etc.).
In case of special installation, the grease at the bearing section may be mixed to the lubricating oil and
spills out.
3. Storage posture
(1) Storage period shall be within six months.
(2) If the storage period exceeds six months, special anti-rust specification will be required.
4. Usage after storage
Handling
(1) Non-metal sections such as oil seal, oil gauge, and oil supply plug tend to get deteriorated due to
environmental effects. Inspect those sections before starting the operation, and if there is any
deterioration, replace with new parts.
(2) Before start operating, confirm that no abnormal sound, vibration, or heat generation is occurring. If
there is any abnormal section, immediately contact the dealer.
307
Technical information
■ Installation
1. Installation direction
¡GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, MINI series
There is no limitation in installation directions. Mounting in any direction of horizontal, vertical, and inclined are possible.
¡CROISE MOTOR
CSMA series
There is no limitation in installation direction in frame number 13 to 28 of the reducer. Mounting in any direction of horizontal, vertical, and inclined are possible.
Horizontal installation is standard for frame number 32 to 50 of reducer. For other installation directions, consult at the time of order.
HCMA series
Horizontal installation is standard. For other installation directions, consult at the time of order.
■ Installation
1. Foot mount type
¡For the installation table, use the hard and horizontal plate that gets low effect by vibration that occurs during
operation. Remove the dust and foreign objects on the installation surface and fix securely with four bolts.
¡When coupling the reducer by using a coupling, surely conduct centering. Deviation of the shaft
shortens life of bearing, gear, and shaft, and leads noise and vibration.
¡Center the chain and belt surely and adjust the tension so that no excessive torque than the specified
value is applied on the output shaft.
¡When coupling, do not strike the output shaft, coupling, pulley, or sprocket. The bearing of the output shaft may get damaged.
2. Flange mount type
¡For the installation of the flange mount type, use the hard and horizontal plate that gets low effect by vibration that
occurs during operation. Remove the dust and foreign objects on the installing surface and fix securely with four bolts.
¡When coupling the reducer by using a coupling, surely conduct centering. Deviation of the shaft
shortens life of bearing, gear, and shaft, and leads noise and vibration.
¡Center the chain and belt surely and adjust the tension so that no excessive torque than the specified
value is applied on the output shaft.
¡When coupling, do not strike the output shaft, coupling, pulley, or sprocket. The bearing of the output shaft may get damaged.
3. Face mount type
¡When installing to the machine body, use a tap of the case.
¡When coupling the reducer by using a coupling, surely conduct centering. Deviation of the shaft
shortens life of bearing, gear, and shaft, and leads noise and vibration.
¡Center the chain and belt surely and adjust the tension so that no excessive torque than the specified
value is applied on the output shaft.
¡When coupling, do not strike the output shaft, coupling, pulley, or sprocket. The bearing of the output shaft may get damaged.
4. Hollow shaft type
Technical information
4-1. Installation of driven shaft
・Internal diameter tolerance of the hollow shaft is
manufactured by JIS H8. To finish the driven shaft, tighten Snap ring
the matching a little harder, such as h7 for standard type Spacer
Thrust bearing
and js6 or k6 for the case shock and radial load are large.
・When installing to the driven shaft, apply molybdenum
disulfide grease to the driven shaft surface and hollow Continuous-thread bolt
Fix the hollow output shaft and driven shaft. There are following two types of fixing methods.
308
Handling
Removing jig
・Use the jig shown on the right for smooth removal.
* The output torque is + in rotating direction in the figure to the left and - for the inversed direction.
Dimensions when option torque arm is used (approximate value) It can be applied to the adapter type and inline type.
HMTA010-30H5∼35H1200 HMTA020-35H300∼480 HMTA075-35H5∼55H480 HMTA040-45H300∼480 HMTA550-55H5∼40
HMTA020-30H5∼200 HMTA040-30H5∼35H200 HMTA150-55H100∼200 HMTA150-45H5∼80
HMTA020-45H600∼1200 HMTA220-45H5∼55H120 HMTA370-55H5∼60
Model
HMTA040-55H600∼1200 HMTA200-35H300∼480
number
HMTA100-30H5∼35H1200
HMTA200-30H5∼200
HMTA200-45H600∼1200
G 0.10m 0.12m 0.13m 0.15m 0.26m
309
Technical information
■ Operation
1. Inspection before start
After installation and wiring are completed, check the following items before turning on the switch.
Confirm that the appropriate breaker and over current relay are used.
Confirm that the wiring is correct.
Confirm that the installation wires are securely connected.
In addition, in order to prevent the danger in advance,
Take appropriate measures at the device side in order to prevent dangerous situations, when such a
dangerous situation is expected by operating GEAR MOTOR, HYPOID MOTOR, and CROISE MOTOR or in
case these motors failed to work normally.
3. Load
The load higher than the specified amount is applied, lives of motor and gear may get affected. In addition, the
gear motor, hypoid motor, and croise motor may get damaged. Rated current values are specified on name
plates of the gear motor, hypoid motor, and croise motor. Pay close attention not to exceed those values.
■ Maintenance
In daily operations, simple maintenance by using the measuring tools and operators' five senses is
sufficient. Refer to the following items and pay attention during the operation.
・Noise --- Is the noise louder than usual? Is there periodical abnormal sound occurring?
・Vibration --- Is there abnormal vibration?
・Temperature rise --- Is the motor temperature higher than usual?
Technical information
1. Grease lubrication
Grease is used for lubrication.
3. Grease change
Changing/refilling grease is usually not necessary. However, if the grease is changed after 20,000
hours of operation, the life will be prolonged.
4. Grease specification
Use grease for high-grade gears with a viscosity No.000 or equivalent.
Handling
5. Recommended grease
Nippon grease : Nigtight LMS No.000 (This is lead-free grease injected before delivery.)
Showa Shell Sekiyu K.K. : Alvania EP Grease R000
Nippon Oil Co., Ltd. : Pyronoc Universal 000
310
Handling
Note) The ( ) value of the grease amount shows an injection amount at the first step reducer of four stage deceleration (1/300 ∼ 1/1200).
311
Technical information
2. Pre-injected oil
A specified amount of oil (Daphne oil TE260) is already injected before shipping. Use the motor as it is.
3. Oil change
¡Frame number 13 to 28 of the reducer have a sealed structure. Therefore, for most of the cases, replacement, refilling of lubricating oil is not necessary.
However, if the deterioration of the oil is severe due to operating condition, change the oil after 2,500 hours of operation. The life will be prolonged.
¡For frame number 32 to 50 of the reducer, conduct maintenance as follows.
① For the first-time oil change, change the oil after 1,000 hours of operation.
② For the second-time oil change, change the oil after 5,000 hours of operation according to the operation conditions.
4. Pressure vent
¡Frame number 13 to 28 of the reducer have a sealed-type structure. Therefore, the pressure vent is not necessary.
¡For frame numbers from 32 to 50 of the reducer, confirm that the reducer is mounted in standard installation and
then attach the provided pressure vent first. After installation, check the oil level by using the oil gauge.
In case of installations other than the standard type, instruct at the time of order.
Note) Conduct the following maintenance when the recommended lubrication oil above is used.
① For the first time change, change the oil after 500 hours of operation.
② For the second-time oil change, change the oil after 5,000 hours of operation according to the operation conditions.
Technical information
13 0.13 0.05 0.05 ─ ─ ─
16 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.37 0.37 0.29
22 0.36 0.24 0.24 0.7 0.7 0.6
28 0.55 0.55 0.55 1.4 1.4 1.2
32 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.6 1.6 1.4
40 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.8 2.8 2.5
50 3.3 3.3 3.3 5.3 5.3 4.7
Note 1) Above oil amount is applied when the reducer is mounted in a standard installation direction (installation number 0 or 1).
Regardless of the motor kW and reduction ratio, the same oil amount is applied for the reducers with the same frame numbers in
the same series.
Note 2) In case of installation number 5 of HCMA series, increase the oil amount for 60% (approximate oil amount).
■ Oil seal
Handling
At the shaft seal of the reducer, a contact-type oil seal is applied. Replacement is almost unnecessary.
However, if the seal is changed after 10,000 hours of operation, the life of reducer will be prolonged.
The life span of the oil seal changes due to operating conditions. There are cases that replacement is
necessary before the operating time reaches 10,000 hours.
In addition, in case of devices that do not get along with oil, such as food machinery, use a damage
prevention system such as oil saucer for unexpected oil leak, due to failure or expiration of lifetime.
※In rare cases, grease discharges from the oil seal ripped section at the very beginning of the operation. This
grease is excessive grease filled at the time of assembly, and there is no function failure in the reducer.
312
Handling Technical information
2. Causes and countermeasure for brake-type gear motors, hypoid motors and croise motor failures
Failure contents Cause Countermeasure
Wrong wire connection Connection check
Brake does not work
Switch failure Replace, repair
Grease, dust, etc. attached to lining Overhauling
Lining life span Replace, repair
Insufficient braking
Long braking time Load inertia is too large Lower load inertia
Change to DC separate cut
Technical information
The above table indicates the causes and countermeasures of troubles most commonly occur in daily
operations.
Handling
313
Catalog No.985M001-2 2013/12 M
500